we NAIA A alalalanaa) Aim - J ~ ae ~~ AAA Ap ganannaw AAA = y) » Dy ) y) =~ rn) ay = \AnAAa Jalsa | eniamenaanuey panna AAA ley | AA LAAIRIAR A Renna AW RANARAAAAA aap An AAL AacASRAAana DOD “Boor >>) WW I D)> @ D>) D> Wy LN AINA A'S RB y)) AAAAA AAA “\P AAANARA BAA lal, Vas AR AAR AAA | VV \e VV aannnne AL paraese AAnen An nANAAANN Raaa aan aa Annan ‘al nant aa an pobsebeeerteatasnaencecasee VA, | MARAAENAO ZEA RAE Wa! A) \ B / AAAAAAN A’ a AA | VAN AAA Pa ~ aAnaAAnh A ARAARA ~~ A ~ ‘AA AA ‘aia ae ehh sQhkRRAAAAaR Sanaan IAAAARARAA AA AAAAA \AAAAAAAAAAeRn aA Reema annanvnncansanrnaea AA AA RAC ARREARS AAAAP lal ala 1A AAA a eS ~ a AAW AARAAAARAA HP aeOC Aa aaneaas NAAAAAAAA iA lA\j AAA WA AR AAR A\A\ 2a 7. AAA Aaa ‘aaah ALL iN 7 _ AAA AAA ARCA RAAAR aA, mosceocgeete , re neeeee noawmaan wy AAAAAAAAWAA-AAARAA AAR ARAAA AAR AARAAAAQ A AAAAAAAARAAARAAAAL AAARAARAARAARAAA A Aen ne ann ae ame ¥ NAIA AIA AIA. Aa ~RAARAN AA A AN ah 1 AAAAAAAlala WAAAAAAAAAA ARR AAA AAA AAA AAAAAAAAS aereeron I ARAAAAA >>> DP» 1» ») »»)) 22 AR AAAS Sean a aA MAAMAAAAAANAR AAA , Aanaram Aa MRA a aARnanaaannanar iS poe ones RABE S AAAS Ain wanna RRA ANAAIAREA AArAananeaa Aaa, pARARRARR Ama ie ] Necnannnen eee za > , a Fm VY gm AT A cm Amram pPrARRaRAaa Pe oe ™ GBOLOGICAL SURVEY OF ILLINOIS, pbx > A. H. WORTHEN, Director. Vas \). ° Ne, ein a ey LY mors, \Teole § \torr Survey rth - Le) VOL USE LT. PALEONTOLOGY. DESCRIPTIONS OF VERTEBRATES. BY J. S. NEWBERRY AND A. H. WORTHEN. DESCRIPTIONS OF INVERTEBRATES, BY F. B. MEEK AND A. H. WORTHEN. +» DESCRIPTIONS OF PLANTS. BY LEO LESQUEREUX. ~ ILLUSTRATED _ BY THE WESTERN ENGRAVING COMPANY, CHICAGO PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF THE LEGISLATURE OF ILLINOIS. 1866. STATE JOURNAL STEAM PRESS, SPRINGFIELD, ii. INTRODUCTION. Ir is well known to Geologists that life did not first burst into existence in the forms of plants and animals we now see around us. On the contrary, there were many successive steps in the great work of creation: the organisms of one period, after subserving the ends for which they were called into existence, passing gradually away, to give place to new types, which in their turn became extinct. Although there were partial ex- ceptions to the general rule, each successive fauna and flora (using these terms in their widest signification) presented, on the whole, an improvement upon the preceding; or, in other words, the first created forms were amongst the most simple in structure, and hence the lewest in the scale of life; while those that came after, as time passed on, were more and more highly organized, until at last MAN, the highest type of all, appeared to exercise dominion over all existing beings. During these long ages and cycles of the past, the earth itself was undergoing many mutations, both from the action of internal igneous forces, and external agencies. Islands and continents were rising above or sinking beneath the ocean level; mountain chains were being upheaved and vast areas were alternately submerged, and again raised above the level of the sea, to be occupied by immense marshes, supporting dense growths of strange trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants, which, by their death and accumulation through long“ periods of time, formed the material of our coal beds. During all this time, solid rocks, where exposed, were, as at present, slowly crumbling under the disintegrating influences of rains, frosts and other atmospheric agencies, to be swept by streams into seas, estuaries and lakes, to form beds of sand, clay or marl, or to be consolidated EV INTRODUCTION. into rocky strata, which, as time rolled on, were again raised to form plains, hills and mountain chains, subject to the same ceaseless round of destruction and re-formation to which they owed their origin. But the materials of which even our hardest stratified rocks are composed were not, in every instance, entirely and directly derived from the wreck of pre-existing solid rocks, for there was some working over of the same materials, without the action of the intervening process of consolidation; and the remains of corals, crinoids, shells, and other marine organisms, often con- tributed much the larger portion of the substances composing marine strata, while in other instances the remains of land and fresh-water animals and plants, carried in by streams, form con- siderable portions of extensive estuary and lacustrine formations. Hence, as the animals and plants of each of the great epochs, although mainly different from those of the preceding and fol- lowing ages, presented, with occasional exceptions, a remarkable general similarity during each individual period, over the entire globe, their fossil remains furnish the Geologist an unerrmg guide in the identification of strata, and the determination of their position in the series, as well as of their relative ages. As the learned Antiquary determines the age and history of some ruined city, in regard to which both written and traditional history are silent, by a careful study of the inscriptions upon its walls, or of the seals, coins, medals, etc., found amongst its rub- bish, so does the skillful Paleontologist determine the period of the earth’s history to which an outcrop or stratum of rock belongs, and its place in the geological series, by inspecting its imbedded organic remains. When it is therefore borne in mind, that coal and other valua- ble minerals were not indiscriminately distributed through the earth, but were mainly formed or deposited, at least in quantities and under conditions to be useful to man, during particular geological periods, the importance of knowing to what epoch of INTRODUCTION. Vv the earth’s history the rocks of any given district belong, before undertaking mining enterprises of any kind, will be readily understood, and the intelligent general reader will at once comprehend why it is that geologists give so much attention to fossils. In short, the first and most important step in the prosecution of a geological survey, is a careful and thorough study and investigation of the organic remains found in every seam and stratum of the rocks of the district to be explored ; for without a. knowledge of these, all conclusions in regard to the geological structure of the country, or of the age and position in the geological column of its rocks, must necessarily be vague and unreliable. Indeed, without the aid of Paleontology, Geology would scarcely be entitled to rank as a science at all. But aside from all mere utilitarian considerations, there is much in the history of these mute relics of by-gone ages— extending, as it does, deep into the mysterious past, and reveal- ing, as it were, glimpses of the successive steps in the great work of creation itself—that must ever render them objects of the most profound interest to all reflecting minds. When it is remembered, too, that the rocks of our State are unusually rich in these interesting remains (to a great extent new to science), we can scarcely be mistaken in supposing that the citizens of the great State of Illinois will feel a commendable pride in contributing their share to the general stock of knowledge, in a department of science now claiming so much attention from enlightened minds throughout the civilized world. Nor can we believe the people of Illinois desire that the students of our schools and colleges, and others, justly ambitious to keep pace with the great minds of other lands, in every department of learning, should be longer dependent upon reports published by our neighboring States for a knowledge of these wonderful works of the Creator, so profusely scattered at our feet, even if it were possible to find the desired information there. Hence we think any extended statement of the motives that have vi . INTRODUCTION. induced us to give the necessary attention to this department of the survey, would be uncalled for, and out of place here. In the preparation of this volume on the Paleontology of the survey, 1t will be observed that almost exclusive attention has been given to the organic remains of the Carboniferous rocks. This has been done, first, because the most important stores of mineral wealth found within the limits of the State, occur in these rocks; second, because they occupy far the larger portion of its area; and third, because these strata contain more organic remains, entirely new to science, than any of our other forma- tions. In a part of a succeeding report, however, now in an advanced state of preparation, it is intended, should the Legis- lature make an appropriation for its publication, to give figures and descriptions of enough of the characteristic fossils of the other formations to give completeness to the whole, and afford students and intelligent miners the means of determining to what geological period the rocks at any outcrop belong, in any part of the State to which their attention may be directed. It will not, however, be necessary to occupy so much space, in any future report, with figures and descriptions of fossils, as was re- quired here in laying, as it were, a foundation for the whole work. It will be observed that, in a few instances, we have figured and described fossils from adjoining States. ‘This, however, has only been done where the same formations occur in Illinois, but have not yet afforded us as perfect specimens of the particu- lar species as those obtained at localities outside of the State. The fact that this volume consists of several distinct memoirs, prepared by parties working to a considerable extent indepen- dently, has prevented that degree of uniformity, in the plan of the whole, that would otherwise have prevailed. As each sec- tion, however, treats upon a different department of Palzeon- tology, and a list of all the species is given at the end of this Introduction, arranged by formations and in accordance with their affinities, as far as they go in each rock, without regard to INTRODUCTORY. . VII their distribution in the several memoirs, little inconvenience can arise from the want of a more systematic arrangement of the contents of the volume. In the portion of the work devoted to the description of the Vertebrates, the species are described much in the order that the figures were most conveniently arranged and numbered on the plates, and not always in accordance with their zoological or geological relations; though the locality and position of each species is mentioned at the end of its description, and.a syste- matic synopsis of the species is given at the close of the memoir. The Invertebrates, excepting the Polyzoa (which are all de- scribed together in a supplementary paper), are described in the order of their geological succession, and arranged zoologically, as far as they go ineach formation. The fossil plants are also, like the Polyzoa, described together in a separate section, mainly in the order of their botanical relations. The geological position and locality of each species, however, is mentioned in connection with its description. The whole number of species of all kinds, illustrated and described, is about 325, of which nearly 300 were discovered or first made known to science through the agency of the Ilinois Geological Survey. Of these 325 species, 50 are plants, 156 Invertebrate animals, and 119 Vertebrates. Altogether they represent 115 genera, 25 of which have been established by parties connected with the survey. Of these genera 18 are plants, 67 Invertebrates, and 30 Vertebrates—the latter of which, with one exception (a Batrachian), being all fishes. Of the 115 genera represented, 81 are more or less fully character- ized, and most of them illustrated in this volume.* 3 The various rocks from which these fossils were obtained having been described, and their relations fully discussed, in the * As no other single volume of Palzontology, hitherto issued in this country, con- tains so large a number of generic descriptions, and as most of these descriptions, even of previously established genera, have been carefully rewritten, and more or less modi- fied from the study of extensive collections of specimens, it is hoped that this feature of the Report will add materially to its value and usefulmess, especially to studenis who may not have access to extensive libraries of works on Paleontology. vull first volume of this Report, it would be superfluous to enter into any extended remarks on that subject here; but for the conve- nience of those not familiar with our geology, who may use this volume without always haying the other directly at hand, the following section, showing the order of succession, maximum INTRODUCTION. thickness, etc., of the strata of this State, is given: ILLINOIS ROCKS. — FEET. POSE-TOrtiary -c-cessercccsevessseesennans Dat, Loess, ete—Clay, sand, pebbles, boulders, etc........ vmenni|meLO) Tertiary..... Eocene period?...... Clays and greenish sand........:sssesserserees 150 z Carboniferous Coal Measures and ) Coal, shale, clay, limestones, sandstones S period, Millstone grit. and CONGLOMELALE .......2.seeceeeceeessserese}| 1200 a f Fibs weer a | Chester group.—Limestone, sandstone and shale....... Rococo 3036 800 3 z St. Louis beds.—Limestone and shale....... pocebrngenenreococcere cose 200 I 2 Mountain limestone [o} i . Ey 3 aan onifer- Keokuk group.—Limestone and shale 150 1S) —— Burlington group.—Coarse, subcrystalline limestone............ | 200 Kinderhook group.—Shales, limestone, sandstone, ete.........| 150 4 Genesee division.—“Black slate” and grayish shale.............. 100 a Hamilton period..... a « Dark grayish, foeted and lighter, more pure ral Hamilton beds. { NITIES TOW S re censteeet aeaceeese tenes tneescneepeccmaeeeenee 120 4 U. Helderb. period.|Cornif. and Onondaga beds._Gray, more orless sandylimest.| 25 oS . Bie a a Oriskany—upper bed.—Quartzose sandstone............+++sseseeee- 40 A HISRBDYSPELIOG- cre: Oriskany—lower beds, \ Highly silicious, very cherty magne- or Clear-ecreek group. f sian limest., usually i in thin layers.. 200 Lower Helderberg group, ) More or less magnesian and argil- { [Lower Heldenbere, 2 Sadly tenest sof Nt Y.S laceous limest., in thin layers, By Deg: COLOGISES) -..-eeseeceesereeees including flinty concretions..... 200 a 2 I Niagara period ...... Niagara group.—Magnesian and argillaceous limestones...... 200 a Cincinnati period...|Cincinnati group.——Limestones, shales and sandstone........... 140 2 Magnesian, and more or less 5 g Trenton period...... Galena and Trenton beds. {} here LimestoneS...ssescseeeeseeees 300 a ) — ni St. Peters division—Pure quartzose sandstone..........sseseese-+ 150 Potsdam or Primor- Ht arc auD ees Calciferous division —Magnesian limestones and sandstones.| 120 seen. 4 ————<—<$$<$<< Pe _ INTRODUCTION. IX In regard to the nomenclature used for the rocks represented in the foregoing section, as well as respecting some modifications made in the same since the publication of the first volume of this Report, it may be proper to add some remarks. In the first place, it will be observed that we have (with a few excep- tions, to be mentioned farther on), retained the names by which these formations are most generally known. In doing so, however, we have dropped the words “sandstone,” “lime- stone,” etc., as parts of these names, and substituted the words “esroup, “division,” or “beds,” in those names in part derived from lithological characters. Names of the latter kind, or those suggested by the presence of some particular species or genus of fossils at the localities where rocks were first studied, are, from the instability of such characters, often found extremely inapplicable, when we attempt to trace strata far from the origi- nal localities. For this reason, and their consequent liability to mislead the student, there is a growing disposition amongst — the highest authorities in geology to drop the objectionable parts of such names, and retain only those portions of the original names derived from the typical localities. In this connection, we need only refer to such works as Prof. Dana’s Manual of Geology, and Sir Wint1AM Locan’s Report on the Progress of the Canadian Geological Survey, published in 1863. For the lowest division of the Subcarboniferous series, we have used the name Kinderhook group, provisionally proposed by us, in 1861, for a group of arenaceous and more or less cal- careous strata, at the base of the Subcarboniferous, that had been referred by Prof. HALL, and some others, to the Chemung group of the New York series, very generally regarded as be- longing to the Devonian system. Being unable to identify a single Chemung species amongst all our collections from this horizon, and finding them, as a group, decidedly more nearly allied to Carboniferous forms, as well as, in some instances, undistinguishable from species in the Carboniferous limestones pa) Nov. 1, 1866 x INTRODUCTION. above, we proposed for this formation the name Kinderhook group, from its development at the village of that name in Pike county, of this State—stating, at the same time, that we could no longer view it as the equivalent of the Chemung, and that we regarded it as being more intimately related to the Carbon- iferous above, than to the Devonian below. It is proper that we should state here, that this opinion was also previously main- tained by M. pz Vernevin, Dr. Norwoop and Dr. Owen, as well as some others. At the time we proposed the name Kinderhook group for this formation, little was known in regard to its relations to some similar deposits Prof. Wicuz.u had called the Marshall group, in Michigan, and to what the Ohio geologists had desig- nated as the Waverly sandstone, in Ohio. Since then, however, we have traced this rock into Northern Ohio, and ascertained, beyond doubt, that it is the same as the Waverly sandstone, or at any rate, as the only portion (the upper part) of that series in which we succeeded in finding fossils. Prof. WIncHELL, who concurs in the opinion that these beds belong to the Carbonif- erous, has also since identified his Marshall group with the Waverly sandstone. It is therefore probable that the oldest name— Waverly sandstone, or more properly, Waverly group— will have to be adopted for this formation. Until all questions in regard to the exact parallelism of these deposits, as developed in the several States alluded to, can be cleared up, however, by farther investigations, it will be better to retain the local names by which they are now known in the States mentioned. In the first volume of this Report, just published, on the general geology of Illinois, the name “ Clear creek limestone” was provisionally used for a series of strata holding a position, in Union and some of the adjoining southern counties, between the so-called Hudson river group of the Lower Silurian, and a Devonian sandstone that had been identified with the Oriskany sandstone of New York. Formerly, when only a few imper- INTRODUCTION, XI fectly preserved fossils were known from these beds below the sandstone mentioned above, they were regarded as most proba- bly belonging mainly, if not entirely, to the Upper Silurian epoch. During the progress of the detailed county surveys of that region, however, Mr. Eneetmann found a few additional fossils, at different horizons above the middle of this doubtful series, which were submitted for examination, and found to indicate that at least a considerable portion of these beds are more nearly allied to the Oriskany sandstone than to the Upper Silurian. The fact, however, that the few specimens, with one exception, then obtained in a condition to be identified, were found to belong to species that are known to be, in New York or Canada, common both to the Oriskany formation and the Lower . Helderberg group, left it still a matter of doubt, without farther examinations and the additional collections of fossils; at what precise horizon in this series the line should be drawn between the Devonian and the Upper Silurian. Consequently the whole. group between the two horizons mentioned above was, in the first volume, designated as the “Olear-creek limestone,’ with the statement that the line between the Upper Silurian and Devonian should probably be drawn somewhere through this group. Wishing, if possible, to clear up this doubtful point, we availed ourselves of a short, unavoidable delay in the progress of the printing of this volume on Paleontology, to spend a few days in examining these rocks in Union county, and some of the adjoining portions of Missouri. As the lower portion of this doubtful series seems to be nearly destitute of fossils in Illinois, we directed our attention first to outcrops of these beds on the opposite side of the Mississippi, in Perry county, Mis- souri, where they were already known to be fossiliferous. Ata point a little below Bailey’s Landing, in Perry county, we col- lected a number of fossils, clearly establishing the fact that the’ whole thickness, of over two hundred feet, exposed there, be- XII INTRODUCTION. longs to that portion of the Upper Silurian forming the “Shaley — limestone” division of the Lower Helderberg group, to which Dr. SuumArpD had correctly referred these beds in the Missouri Report. Aniong the fossils collected by us here, there are forms we cannot distinguish from the following New York “Shaley limestone” species, viz: Orthis subcarimata and O. oblata, Hall; Coelospira concava and C. imbricata, Hall; Spirifer perlamellosus, Hall; Platyceras spirale, Hall; P. Gebhardi and Acidaspis hama- tus, Conrad. We also found there species scarcely, if at all, distinguishable from the “Shaley limestone” species, Merista princeps, Platyceras pyramidatum, P. unguiforme, P. incile and P. multistriatum, Hall. Farther down the river, in the southern part of Perry county, Missouri, the hills, for over two hundred and fifty feet in height, are composed of the same beds seen at Bailey’s Landing, and the cherty beds we now include as a part of the Oriskany group, all dipping to the eastward. We found only a few fragments of fossils here, however—barely enough to assure us of the identity of the strata. On crossing over into Union county, Illinois, in the region of Jonesboro’, we had an opportunity to examine the cherty beds alluded to above, and found them characterized (with the exception of Platyceras Gebhardt) by an entirely different group of fossils from those seen near Bailey’s Landing, and still farther confirming the conclusion that these beds belong to the Oriskany period. Including those collected by Mr. EncEtmann, and a few that were collected by one of us from these beds in Jack- son county, together with those found during our late exami- nations, we can safely give the following list of well-known Oriskany species, as occurring in this formation in Southern Illinois, namely : Leptocelia flabellites (sp.), Conrad ; Lepteena ? nucleata, Rhynchonella speciosa and Platyceras tortuosum, Hall ; with Eatonia peculiaris and Platyceras Gebhardi, Conrad. These are associated with Lensseleeria Condoni, McChesney, which, els a | eh ae oe i) 1 Om TP cae INTRODUCTION. XIII if not identical with the New York Oriskany species, R. ovalis, of Hall, is certainly a very closely allied representative species; also, with several undetermined species of Spirifer, some of which are nearly related to S. arctus, Hall, and S. arenosus, Conrad, from the New York Oriskany: and a Stricklandiana, we have not been able to entirely satisfy ourselves is distinct from §S. elongata (=Pentamerus elongatus), Vanuxem. In New York, S. elongata is characteristic of the higher Onondaga lime- stone of the Upper Helderberg, but in Canada it is common to that position and the Oriskany sandstone. Judging from such an assemblage of fossils as this, and the entire absence, so far as yet known, of any species in these beds peculiar to any lower horizon (although Platyceras Geb- hardi and Eatonia peculiaris are, is New York, common to the “Shaley Limestone” division of the Lower Helderberg group and the Oriskany), we cannot resist the conclusion, that a considerable portion of the cherty limestone forming the upper | part of the Clear-creek series, as first understood, belongs to the Oriskany period, and that the line between the Upper Silurian and the Devonian, of this region, should be drawn between these cherty beds and the strata below, equivalent to those from which we collected the Lower Helderberg fossils at Bailey's Landing. Exactly how far down in the series this line should be carried we are unable to say, as we found no abrupt lithological change, and we saw no fossils near the horizon of the probable junction. From all the facts, however, we are led to believe that possibly as much as two hundred feet, and perhaps more, of these beds should be included in the Oriskany. In the sandstone immediately overlying the cherty beds, near Jonesboro’, Union county, we found the following fossils (or more properly their moulds—the fossiis themselves being, in all cases, dissolved out so as to leave empty cavities), viz: A small Zaphrentis, Pleurodictyum problematicum, Goldf.; an Orthis like XIV INTRODUCTION. O. musculosa, Hall, but smaller; a finely striated Strophedonta, having the form and general appearance of S. magnifica, Hall, but also of smaller size; the same Stricklandiana so abundant in the cherty beds below; and fragments of one of those curious types of Dalmania? for which Mr. Conran proposed the generic name Odontocephalus, but much larger than the well known O. selenurus, from the Upper Helderberg limestone—being pro- bably not less than six inches in length, when entire. The presence in this bed of this type of Trilobites, and the coral Pleurodictyum problematicum, which, according to M. pr VEr- NEUIL, occurs in Indiana associated with well known Cornif- erous and Onondaga fossils, leads us very strongly to suspect that it will be found to belong more properly to the Upper Helderberg series, with which, as developed here, it also agrees ‘more nearly, in its lithological characters, than to the rocks below; but as the associated Brachiopoda seem rather to indi- cate relations to the underlying cherty beds, we have concluded to place it provisionally as an upper stratum of the Oriskany, until a larger number of species can be obtained from it for study. Directly overlying the above mentioned sandstone, there is to be seen, at various places in Union and some of the neigh- boring counties, a light-grayish, very hard, semi-crystalline, often sandy, massive limestone, sometimes passing into alterna- ting beds of limestone and quartzose sandstone. The fossils found in this formation are the following, viz: Very large, exceedingly thin-jointed crinoid columns, Centronella hecate, Bil- lings; Spirifer acuminatus, Con. (—S. cultryugatus, Roemer) ; several undetermined Spirifers, greatly extended on the hinge line; S. fimbriatus, Conrad? Atripa reticularis, Linn.; a small Productus, like P. subaculeatus, Murchison, but apparently more distinctly costated ; Platyceras dwmosum, Conrad ; and another species of the curious type of TZrilobites, mentioned as occurring in the sandstone beneath, but smaller and more nearly like the INTRODUCTION. XV the New York Corniferous species, Odontocephalus selenurus of Conrad. j From this group of fossils, geologists will readily understand that we have here a representation of the Upper Helderberg series, probably consisting of a blending of the Corniferous and Onondaga beds of the New York geologists. Consequently we have added this formation, which had not been previously iden- tified in our State, to the Illinois section. Above the Upper Helderberg rocks, just mentioned, we have the Hamilton beds proper, well marked by characteristic fossils; and over these, the Genesee division of the Hamilton group (=“Black slate” of western geologists), which latter is suc- ceeded by the Kinderhook and other Subcarboniferous rocks. In selecting names for the New York rocks, the surveyors of that State very properly named each formation after the locality where it is best developed; the expressed object being, accord- ing to Prof. Hatt, “to give the name from the locality which | _ afforded the most complete and extensive exhibition of the strata composing the group.” Hence the great series of shales and argillaceous sandstones, so extensively developed along the Hudson river, above the Highlands, was called the “Hudson river group.”. With the exception of Graptolites, few fossils had been found in these rocks, though im a few little isolated outliers, occupying synclinal axes, somewhere in the region of the Hudson river, supposed to belong to this group, and now said by Prof. Haun to be “of insignificant extent,” specimens of Leptena sericea, Orthis testudinaria, Asaphus and Trinucleus had been found. From this latter fact, beds then known by the local names Pulaski shales and sandstone, Lorraine shales, etc., containing these and other fossils (as well as the associated Utica slate), and holding a position above the Trenton group, at localities farther west in New York, were by the New York geologists referred to the Hudson river group, which they consequently placed above the Trenton in their columnar series. XVI INTRODUCTION. The equivalents of these shales, etc., in the western States, were also, for the same reasons, referred to the Hudson river group. The discoveries of the last few years, however, chiefly made by the Canadian Geological Survey, have gradually developed the fact that the New York geologists (excepting Dr. Emmons*) had made a great mistake in placing the true Hudson river rocks above the Trenton: or in other words, that these rocks are older than the Trenton, and belong to the Primordial zone of Barrande. Consequently the slates and shales alluded to farther west, in New York, and their equivalents in the western States, cannot be properly referred to the Hudson river group. In a note on this subject, published in the Report of the Wis- consin Survey (pages 443 to 445), Prof. HALL, after speaking of the great number of Primordial types of fossils found in the Hudson river group in Canada, and some of the adjoining States, within a few years past, makes the following remarks: * * * «Weare therefore satisfied, from the geological rela- tions of the great mass of these rocks, and from the contained organic remains, that they are of older date, and that the fossils of newer age occurring in limited localities should not be re- garded as characterizing the formation; that the great mass ot the Hudson river rocks, in their typical localities, are older than the Lorraine shales and sandstones of Pulaski, etc.; and that the term Hudson river group cannot be properly extended to these rocks, which, on the west side of the Hudson river, are separated from the Hudson rwer group, proper, by a fault not yet fully ascertained.” “There can be no propriety,” he continues, “in transferring the name Hudson river group from its typical locality, and applying it to rocks we now know to be of younger age, and * It is well known that Dr. Emmons had long maintained, against a vigorous and not always over courteous opposition, that the Hudson river group proper holds a lower stratigraphical position than had been assigned it by his collaborators of the New York Survey. INTRODUCTION. XVII which, when the sequence is complete, are separated from the Hudson river rocks by a great limestone formation.” “T have therefore,’ he goes on to say, “dropped the term Hudson river group, in its application to the rocks of Wisconsin which are of the age of the Lorraine shales of New York and the Blue limestone group of Ohio.” For the reasons thus clearly stated, he denominates this - group, on pages 47 to 56 of the Wisconsin Report, quoted above, simply as the “Green and Blue shales and limestones,” stating there, also, in another note on page 47, that the term Hudson river group had been improperly extended so as to include the beds of this age west of the Hudson river, and could “no longer with propriety be applied to these western rocks.” Perfectly concurring in this opinion, and being equally well satisfied that such a descriptive phrase as the “ Green and Blue shales and limestone” could not be retained, in geological nomen- clature, as a name for a great formation, widely extended in the United States and Canada, under various aspects of color and composition, we felt greatly at a loss for a convenient name for this group. As the local names Utica slate, Lorraine shales, etc., had been originally applied, and long in general use, for subdivisions of this formation for which it is convenient and necessary to have separate names, when we wish to speak with precision of these subordinate rocks, they will of course always be associated, in the minds of geologists, with the beds in con- nection with which they have been so long used ; consequently none of them could, without creating confusion, be extended to the whole group. The term “Blue limestone,” long since used for this group by the Ohio geologists, is open to the same objection as that used in the Wisconsin Report, being equally derived from such unstable characters as mere color and com- position. Nor could we retain Prof. Rocrrs’s term “ Matinal,” nor Prof. SArrorp’s name “ Nashville group,” for the reason that they were each originally applied to, and since used for, a series —3 Noy. 10, 1866. XVIII INTRODUCTION. including both the Trenton and the so-called Hudson river groups, and hence could not be used when we wish to speak of the group under consideration as a distinct formation from the Trenton. In order to have a convenient name for this formation, that would be applicable wherever and under whatever lithological characters it might be found, and at the same time mean this particular group—neither more nor less—we proposed, in a paper published in the Proceedings of the Philadelphia Acade- my of Sciences, August, 1865, p. 155, to call it the Cincinnati group, now retained in the accompanying section, and used in the first volume of this Report. We do not think it would be possible to select a more appropriate name than this, Cincinnati being widely known as one of the great commercial cities of the west, while the formation named is perhaps more extensively developed and exposed there than at any other place, and is at the same time so highly fossiliferous at that locality, that its characteristic fossils have been widely distributed, by local and traveling geologists, almost throughout the civilized world. Hence when we speak of the “Cincinnati group,” geologists will everywhere know exactly to what horizon we refer, with- out a word of explanation. After reading the quotations we have made from the Wiscon- sin Report, it will be readily understood that one of the writers, on exhibiting a section of the Illinois rocks before the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at the late Buffalo meeting, was not a little surprised that Professor Hat should object to the term Cincinnati group, and insist upon retaining for this formation the name Hudson river group, on the ground that it is represented on the Hudson river by the isolated masses or outliers already alluded to. That geologists will, however, sanc- tion such a transfer of the name of a great geological formation from the group to which it was originally applied, and for which alone it is acknowledged to have been intended, to another INTRODUCTION. XIX group, simply because there happens to be a few patches of the latter, of “insignificant extent,” in the same region, we cannot believe. Such a misnomer would impose upon the student the perplexing confusion of ideas resulting from the necessity of having always to bear in mind that the Hudson river rocks, so greatly developed along that stream, are not the Hudson river group, but something else; and that the Hudson river group, if existing on the Hudson river at all,* is only represented there in the form of a few insignificant masses, so small that very few geologists have ever been so fortunate as to see them. F. B. M. and A. H. W. * It is worthy of note that the few fossils mentioned to prove these little patches identical with the Cincinnati group—that is, Leptxna sericea, Orthis testudinaria, Asa- phus and Trinucleus—are forms that also occur in the Trenton group, so that unless some decidedly characteristic species of the group under consideration, not yet men- tioned, also occur there, we would, from the stratigraphical relations of these forma- tions, have better reason to refer even these outliers to the Trenton period, than to alater formation. Hvenif they should, however, be found filled with the characteristic fossils of this western formation, their presence there, under such circumstances, would not warrant us in transferring to them the name Hudson river group, from the great series of older rocks to which it was originally applied. Notz.—In an introductory letter to the first volume, it was stated that an effort had been made by the enemies of the Survey to break it up, by repealing the law under which it was organized, and that it was only saved from destruction by the interposi- tion of the executive veto. In making this statement, we inadvertently omitted to mention to whom the cause of science was indebted for this noble interference in her behalf; and it is but just to his Excellency, the Hon. Richard Yates, to say that it is to him that the Survey is indebted for its present existence, and for the opportunity to bring out for the information of the public so much of the results as are comprised in these two volumes. We feel assured that this noble act will be remembered and ap- preciated by the friends of science everywhere. A. H. W. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE LRMERDRUCTID HS c50 00 de os re oDOO seNG.Ue Obs 5440 onan ospue SCAB Ono OnOORonOCUe I SECTION L. d Descriptions of new species of Vertebrates, mainly from the Subcarboniferous lime- stones and Coal Measures. By J. S. Newberry and A. H. Worthen............... 9 Remarks on the Occurrence of Fossil Fishes in Illinois. By A. H. Worthen.......... 11 Supplement to descriptions of Vertebrates—consisting of a description of a new genus and species of Reptiles, from the Coal Measures.. By Prof. Edw. D. Cope.........135 SECTION IL. Descriptions of Invertebrates from the Carboniferous system. By F. B. Meek and A. H. WU CINCO edo ondaAaaapooaonenbacs Fobateata fovea eta tavaratal opebsvel eiayeye cis talet aera otesbatel a) lets 148 Supplement to the descriptions of invertebrates—consisting of descriptions of Polyzoa from the Paleozoic rocks. By H. A. Prout, M.B..........ese ee eees boobpdngode 412 A SECTION III. Report on the Fossil Plants of Mlinois. By Leo Lesquereux......+2s02202ereeneees 425 LIST OF DESCRIBED IN THIS VOLUME, 1, DEVONIAN SYSTEM. HAMILTON PEREOD. Hamilton Division. MOLLUSCA. POLYZOA. Polypora hamiltonensis, Prout ....page 423 VERTEBRATA. PISCES. Rinodus calceolus, N. and W.......... 106 2, CARBONIFEROUS SYSTEM A=-SUBCARBONIFEROUS PERIOD. 1. Kinderhook Group. PROTOZOA. SPONGLE. Sphenopoterium enorme, M. and W..p. 146 var. depressum, RADIATA. ECHINODERMATA. Actinocrinites pistilliformis, M. and W..151 MOLLUSCA. BRACHIOPODA. Rhynchonella missouriensis, Swallow. ..153 Spirifer cooperensis, Swallow.......... 155 LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Cardiopsis radiata, M. and W.......... 157 GASTEROPODA. Straparollus lens, Hall, (sp.)........... 169 Bellerophon cyrtolites, Hall ........... 160 FOSSILS ARRANGED BY FORMATIONS. CEPHALOPODA. Nautilus trisulcatus, M. and W....page 162 — . digonus, M. and W........... 163 Goniatites Lyoni, M.and W........... 165 VERTEBRATA. PISCES. Orodus ? multicarinatus, N. and W..... 62 Helodus biformis, N. and W........... a — placenta, N. and W........... 80 2. Burlington Group. RADIATA, ECHINODERMATA. Dichocrinus conus, WE BLING ak Shon 5 169 Platycrinites subspinosus, Hall......... 173 Cyathocrinites sculptilis, Hall.......... 178 Poteriocrinites Swallovi, M. and W..... 183 Zeacrinus Troostanus, M. and W....... 186 Strotocrinus regalis, Hall, (sp.)......... 192 Steganocrinus araneolus, M. and W..... 198 Actinocrinites concinnus, Shumard..... 200 — scitulus, M. and W...... 202 —- dodecadactylus, M. and W.205 — asteriscus, M. and W....207 Amphoracrinus subturbinatus, M. and W .212 Celocrinus concavus, M. and W........ 215 Gilbertsocrinus fiscellus, M. and W. .. 222 Palechinus burlingtonensis, M. and W . .230 MOLLUSCA. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA, Avyiculopecten burlingtonensis, M. and W.231 II LIST OF FOSSILS. VERTEBRATA, LAMELLIBRANCHIATA, 4 PISCES. Aviculopecten Oweni, M. and W....... 256 Petalorhynchus striatus, N. and W...... 40 _ amplus, M. and W...... 257 Antliodus simplex, N. and W.......... 44 _ oblongus, M. and W....258 — parvul and ais doogn aon me aacaedcene Polyrhizodus porosus, N. and W...... as ; : Dhomstoaus, aincilimune eed a £1 Pleurotomaria Shumardi, M. and W.....260 — multiplicatus, N. and W... 57 VERTEBRATA. Orodus tuberculatus, N. and W........ 66 eee j — elegantulus, N. and W...... Meine i Helodus coniculus, N. and W.......... 45 | Cladodus angulatus, N. and W......... 24 == anpulatusy oN panduWaejmieecmiome 83 — micropus, N. and W......... 21 — compressus, Nevandaw tae nee "8 — robustus, (Ni and! Wisaerianee sis 20 ee patina, "NE an dl sWesreciereisistetersmiare 80 _ turritus, N. and W........ «.- 28 Trigonodus major, N. and W........... 112 — ~ lamnoides, N. and W........ 30 Deltodus complanatus, N. and W....... 98 | Diplodus duplicatus, N. and W......... 61 — . spatulatus, N. and W........ 100 — incurvus, N. and W.......... 62 Antliodus similis, N. and W....-..-..-. 41 pi a he — cucullug) Nand) Wi. scimes.c)- 41 PROTOZOA. — poliius, Nevand) Wil. 42 SPONGIA. — minutus, N. and W.......... 43 Sphenopoterium obtusum, M. and W....233 ag Se, Be IAS eae oe 22 is compressum, M, and W.284 Chomatodus ae WHE EMCO Gide Aa ape ~- 54 — pusillus, N. and W......... 53 RADIATA. — loriformis, N. and W ...... 58 ECHINODERMATA. — molaris, N. and W........ 56 Cyathocrinites angulatus, M. and W.... -234 a Costa Beane Wisk acre BD = Saffordi, M. and W...... 236| 0 = elegans, N. and W.......- 86 Zeacrinus planobrachiatus; M. and W...240 Orodus Ounatus; Ni and W tne se eden ee 65 Onychocrinus monroensis, M. and W....244| — ™ammillaris, N. and W......... 66 fee Norwoodi, M. and W..... 245| — Tminusculus, N. and W.......... 67 racks Ci — minutus, N. and W............ 68 ; Cochliodus ? crassus, N. and W........ 91 Oligoporus Dane, M. and W........... 249 tii nobilis, N. and W........ 89 MOLLUSCA. Helodus consolidatus, N. and W....... 87 ROUT. — crenulatus, N. and W......... 82 eae : — denshumani, N. and W..... poo, fe Coscinium Wortheni, Prout............ 412 — denticulatus, N:.and W...... 81 — tuberculatum, Prout........ 415 — elytra, N. and W.21 oacssecaee 48 _— asterta, Prottiiie ss s1s0 cisterns 6 416 — gibbosus, N. and W........... 49 7 eschanense, PrOUte elcsiclereiers .» 416 — politus, N. and W............ 49 Cyclopora fungia, JPROU Sipe eon cu ae one 419 — uleatus, N.and W........... 88 —_ discoidea, LOU. tencw ayer os fcise 420 — (Cochliodus) nobilis, N. and W. 88 Polypora gracilis, Prout............... 422 Sandalodus angulatus, N. and W....... 103 BRACHIOPODA. — levissimus, N. and W....... 104 Camarophoria subtrigona, M. and W....251 — grandis, N. and W......... 105 Chonetes planumbona, M. and W....... 253 Athyris planosuleata, Phillips ? (sp.)....254 Psammodus semicylindricus, N. and W..108 — ? rhomboideus, N. and W....110 - , ce oe ‘ " aw! Nov. 11, 1866. LIST OF FOSSILS. y Til Trigonodus minor, N. and W.......... 112 | Cladodus magnificus, Tuomey....... 3. 24 Pecilodus rugosus, N. and W...... Och che — ferox, N.and W............. 26 _— ornatus, N. end W.......... 95 | Antliodus mucronatus, N. and W...... 38 Deltodus stellatus, N. and W.......... 97 | Dactylodus princeps, N. and W........ 45 — undulatus, N. and W.......... 98 — lobatus, N. and W.......... 47 Oracanthus pnigeus, N. and W.......-. 117 | Petalodus linguifer, N. and W.......... 37 Drepanacanthus gemmatus, N. and W..123 | Orodus plicatus, N. and W............ 68 — ?stellatus, N. and W...125 | Sandalodus spatulatus, N. and W...... 103 4. St. Louis Group. — parvulus, N. and W........ 102 PROTOZOA. Psammodus rugosus, N. and W........ 108 Deltodus rhomboideus, N. and W...... 100 BEONGLE Ctenacanthus? costatus, N. and W.....120 Sphenopoterium cuneatum, N. and W...262 | Homacanthus gibbosus, N. and W...... 116 RADIATA. — rectus: Ne-and Wis-ni: 2). 115 Leptacanthus? occidentalis, N. and W..116 ECHINODERMATA. ss a : A : _ gracillimus, N. aud W....126 Dichocrinus constrictus, M. and W..... 263 Gar eharneri) Wornens Veen = ke Platyerinites Prattenanus, M. end W...264 ie ay Wea ares eae — pennicellus, M. and W..... 266 5. Chester Group. — plenus, M. and W......... 267 ‘ Taxocrinus semiovatus, M. and W...... 272 PLANT, Granatocrinus cornutus, M. and W..... 216 Megaphytum protuberans, Lsqx........ 458 Scheenaster fimbriatus, M. and W...... 278 | Lepidodendron obscurum, Lsqx........ 453 ' MOLLUSCA. — costatum, Lsqx........ 453 POnYZOAL —_— turbinatum, Lsqx...... 453 Coscinium elegans, Prout..........--. 413 ANIMALTA, — plumosum, Prout............ 414 — Michelinia, Prout ........... 414 RADIATA. — sagenella, Prout............ 415 Polypora Halliana, Prout.............. 421 COS ae a Pterotocrinus crassus, M. and W.......290 ot hicaegar ioe — chesterensis, M. and W...292 Productus scitulus, M. and W.......... 280 | Archeocidaris mucronata, M. and W.. .295 LAMELLIBRANCHIATA, MOLLUSCA. Myalina concentrica, M. and W........ 281 Yoldia? levistriata, M. and W......... 282 POLYZOA. Nnculana? curta, M. and W........... 283 | Cyclopora polymorpha, Mont, ccobeecan 421 GASTEROPODA. : BRACHIOPODA. Dentalium venustum, M. and W........ 284 Straparollus similis, M. and W......... 285 Eeoduchins parvus, ~ SG Wie ecco se 297 MSE — var. planus, M. and W.286 Spirifer glaber, Martin? (sp.).......... 298 ; CEPHALOPODA. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Orthoceras expansum, M. and W....... 286 | Myalina angulata, M. and W..... eye 300 VERTEBRATA. Schizodus chesterensis, M. and W...... 301 PISCES. GASTEROPODA. Cladodus spinosus, N. and W.......... 22 | Straparollus planidorsatus, M..and W...302 — stenopus, N. and W.......... 23 | Pleurotomaria chesterensis, M. and W. .308 IV LIST» OF FOSSILS. CEPHALOPODA, Orthoceras annulato-costatum, M. and W.304 Nautilus globatus, Sowerby? ...-. +--+. .305 Nautilus chesterensis, M. and W.....-.. 306 Nautilus(Endolobus)spectabilis, Mand W.308 VERTEBRATA. PISCES. Cladodus zygopus, N. and W......-..-. 25 — politus, N. and W............ 27 — costatus, N. and W........... 24 — grandis, N. and W..........-. 29 Petalodus linguifer, N. and W......... 37 Antliodus robustus, N. and W...-....- 39 Dactylodus inflexus, N. and W......... 48 Polyrhizodus dentatus, N. and W...... 50 — ponticulus, N. and W..... 51 Chomatodus cultellus, N. and W....... 52. Psammodus reticulatus, N. and W...... 109 — PONOSUS PAY ieielsinieokelel lela eie 107 — angularis, N. and W..-....- 107 Aspidodus crenulatus, N. and W....... 93 —_— convolutus, N. and W...... 94 Deltodus cingulatus, N. and W......... 99 Chomatodus angustatus, N. and W..... 118 B.—COAL MZASURES. PEANTE, Neuropteris hirsuta, Lsqx........ 00 8 427 — rarinervis, Bunb....-...+++ 428 — IMO chly Web on Oop daudoo oo 430 — miki JUNE Soa nb co ona 431 _ verbeneefolia, Lsqx......... 431 Odontopteris Wortheni, Lsqx.......-.. 432 — °° heterophylla, Lsqx....... 433 — subcuneata, Bunb......... 433 _ requalis, Lsqx.....-se..0« 434 Sphenopteris paupercula, Lsqx......... 435 — rigid, Brongn...-....... 435 Hymenophyllites pinnatifidus, Lsqx..... 436 — spinosus, Gopp. (sp.)...436 — alatus, Brongn........ 437 —_— hirsutus, Lsqx...-.---. 437 —_ Clarkii, Lsqx...-..-.. 438 Alethopteris massillonis, Lsqx.......... 438 — crenulata, Gopp.......+.+- 439 — Btellata; (usc kee ei» ctee ellie 440, Pecopteris callosa, Lsqx......++.-++.- 442, Cordaites borassifolia, Lsqx...........- 443 Selaginites uncinnatus, Lsqx...+......+ 446 —_— CVASBUG) TESGaRh te rie ware prelels 0 446 Lycopodites asterophyllitefolius, Leqx . .447 Stigmaria Evenii, Lsqx..............-- 448 Sigillaria monostigma, Laqx...-........449 — Menardi, Brongn.............450 Lepidodendron diplotegioides, Lsqx....452 — Wortheni, Lsqx........ 452 —_ radicans, Lsqx......... 454 — simplex, Lsqx..........454 Lepidostrobus princeps, Lsqx.......... 455 — hastifolius, Lsqx........-456 Lepidophyllum auriculatum, Lsqx...... 457 Lepidophioyos obcordatum, Lsqx...... 457 Megaphytum MeLayi, Lsqx............ 458 Caulopteris insignis, Lsqx............. 459 — Worthenii, Lsqx.-.-..-....459 Trigonocarpum juglans, Lsqx........... 460 —_ rostellum, Lsqx.........460 Carpolithes multistriatus, Sternb.?...... 460 — Jacksonensis, Lsqx......... 461 — Clie, Wiebe AAR so.doae soa 461 —_ fasciculatus, Lsqx...-... -. 461 ANIMALTA. RADIATA. ECHINODERMATA, Cyathocrinites? sangamonensis, M. and W.310 Zeacrinus discus, M. and W............ 312 —_ ? crassus, M. and W......... 314 Erisocrinus typus, M. and W....-..-... B17 — conoideus, M. and W.......318 — tuberculatus, M. and W..... 319 MOLLUSCA, BRACHIOPODA. Productus nanus, M. and W...-...-.-- 320 Syntrielasma hemiplicata (sp.), Hall.... .323 LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Aviculopecten Coxanus, M. and W..... 326 = pellucidus, M. and W....327 _— Koninckii, M. and W-.. .328 —_— interlineatus, M. and W. .329 — occidentalis, Shumard ?. .331 Streblopteria? tenuilineata, M. and W. .334 Eumicrotis Hawni var. sinuata, M. and W.338 e — ——— LIST OF FOSSILS. Vv Pterinea (Monopteria) gibbosa, M. and W.340 Myalina Swallovi, McChesney.......... 341 — meliniformis, M. andW........ 343 — recurvirostris, M. and W....... 344 S207, ee eee aoe 7. 845 Edmondia unioniformis (sp.), Phillips?. .346 Pleurophorus subcostatus, M. and W....347 Solenomya radiata, M. and W.......... 349 Allorisma GASTEROPODA. Pleurotomaria subesnstricta, M. and W. .351 — speciosa, M. and W...... 352 — scitula, M. and W........ 353 — brazoensis, M. and W.?.. .354 — tenuicincta, M. and W...355 — granulo-striata, M. and W.355 — Prattenanus, M. and W...357 — subsinuata, M. and W....357 — turbiniformis, M. and W..359 — subscalaris, M. and W....360 — ? tumida, M. and W...... 361 Straparollus umbilicatus, M. and W.... .362 Naticopsis nana, M. and W............ 365 —_— nodosa, M. and W.......... 366 = — var. Hollidayi, M. andW.367 Macrocheilus medialis, M. and W....... 370 — intercalaris, M. and W....371 Polyphemopsis inornata, M. and W..... 374 — nitidula, M. and W...... 374 — peracuta, M.andW..... 375 Loxonema scitula, M. and W........... 377 — rugosa, M. and W........... 378 — multicostata, M. and W...... 378 — cerithiformis, M. and W..... 379 Orthonema Salteri, M. and W.......... 381 Turritella?? Stevensana, M. and W ....382 Soleniscus typicus, M. and W.......... 384 Bellerophon crassus, M. and W......... 385 CEPHALOPODA. Nautilus planorbiformis, M. and W...... 386 — sangamonensis, M. and W.--...386 Cyrtoceras curtum, M. and W....... _- 888 — ? dilatatum, M. and W...... 389 — iowensis, M. and W.........892 ARTICULATA. ANNULATA. Spirorbis carbonarius, Dawson?........ 462 CRUSTACEA. Bellinurus Dane, M. and W............ 395 Acanthotelson Stimpsoni, M. and W....401 — inequalis, M. and W..... 408 Paleocaris typus, M. and W........... 405 Anthrapalemon gracilis, M. and W..... 407 MYRIAPODAs ? Anthracerpes typus, M.and W........ 409 INSECTA. Paleocampa anthrax, Mand W........ 410 VERTEBRATA. __-PISCES. Palxoniscus peltigerus, Newb..... coe Mal Rhizodus occidentalis, N. and W....... 19 Cladodus gracilis, N. and W......... ves BD) Diplodus latus, N. and W............-. 59 — compressus, N. and W........ 60 Petalodus destructor, N. and W........ 35 Ctenoptychius semicircularis, N. and W.. 72 Chomatodus angulatus, N. and W....... 55 Helodus carbonarius, N. and W........ 15 Sandalodus carbonarius, N. and W...... 104 Deltodus angularis, N. and W.......... 97 Edestus minor, N. and W.............. 84 Drepanacanthus anceps, N. and W...... 122 Petrodus occidentalis, N. and W....... 70 se acutus, N. and W...... Morcraste 12 REPTILIA. Amphibamus grandiceps, Cope......... 135 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. SECTION I. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF VERTEBRATES, MAINLY FROM THE SUB-CARBONIFEROUS LIMESTONE AND COAL MEASURES OF JLLINOIS. By J. S. NEWBERRY anp A. H. WORTHEN. REMARKS ON THE OCCURRENCE OF FOSSIL FISHES IN THE ILLINOIS STRATA, TuE fossilized remains of fishes were observed in the Sub- carboniferous limestone of Illinois, by one of the authors (A. H. W.), as early as 1845; and the fact that they were the only memorials of the vertebrated animals of the Carboniferous period then known in this country gave to this class of fossils a peculiar interest. As the fishes of this ancient epoch possessed. a cartilaginous skeleton, they have left no record of their exis- tence other than their teeth, the strong bony plates of enamel which lined their capacious jaws, and the bony defensive spines with which they were armed. Although fragmentary in their character, these ichthyic remains presented such a variety of form and size as led to the conclusion that the number of species of vertebrated animals that existed, during the Carboniferous period, was by no means inconsiderable; and the bony structure of these fossils, and their deep brown or black color and shining surfaces, contrasting remarkably with the sober gray of the rough limestone in which they were imbedded, rendered them objects of striking interest to the collector of fossil remains. In subsequent investigations it was discovered that there were certain horizons—usually limited to a single stratum, only a few inches in thickness—where these fossils were quite abun- dant, though comparatively rare in the intervening beds. Four of these “fish beds” have since been identified in the Sub-car- a 12 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. boniferous limestone series in Illinois, and from these the new species now introduced to the notice of the scientific world were mainly obtained. The Kinderhook group, consisting mainly of argillaceous and arenaceous beds, which form the base of the Carboniferous system in Illinois, has afforded but few of these ichthyic fossils, but on ascending to the Burlington limestone we find them more abundant; and in the upper part of this limestone occur the lowest beds that contain these remains, in any considerable numbers. In the upper part of this limestone we find a single stratum of brownish-gray rock, from four to six inches thick, in which the teeth and spines of fishes are imbedded in great numbers. This fish bed was first observed at Quincy, Illinois, — and was subsequently identified, occupying apparently the same | horizon, on Honey creek, in Henderson county, and at Augusta, in Iowa, points nearly a hundred miles away from the first named locality, showing that the cause which produced this general destruction among the vertebrated animals of this period was not local, but operated simultaneously over a wide geographical area. At Quincy there is a seam of green shaly clay, about two inches thick, interstratified with the lime- stone, beneath which, upon the surface of the underlying rock, the remains of fishes were found in considerable numbers, as though the animals had been destroyed’ suddenly by the intro- duction of this muddy sediment into the ocean. As this has not been observed at any other locality, it may, perhaps, be a . merely local phenomenon. The second fish bed is situated some fifty or sixty feet higher in the series, and is near the base of the quarry rock of the Keokuk group. It has only been identified at a single locality ‘in the vicinity of Hamilton, in Hancock county. The rock is a single stratum of soft, granular, crinoidal limestone, and its friable character is probably in part due to surface exposure. It is about four inches thick, and crumbles readily, under a VERTEBRATES. 13 smart blow of the hammer, so that the delicate fossils which it contains are often obtained entirely detached from the matrix. Although only about ten feet square of surface was exposed-at this locality, it has afforded more than a thousand well pre- served teeth. So thickly imbedded were they in this single layer, that a hand specimen of the rock, not exceeding four inches square, often exhibits a half dozen or more perfect teeth. The associated fossils are Productus punctatus, Actinocrinus Nashville, Zaphrentis Dali and Sphenopoteriwm obtusum. The third fish bed in the ascending order is found in the upper part of the Keokuk limestone, just below the base of the geode bed. It was first observed in the vicinity of Warsaw, and subsequently identified at Nauvoo and some other locali- ties in Hancock county. Itis characterized by the remarkably large palate teeth of Cochliodus nobilis (N. and W.), and the large spine, Drepanacanthus gemmatus. Like the beds before de- seribed this consists of a single stratum of brownish-gray lime- stone, not exceeding four or five inches in thickness, and contains, besides the remains of fishes, Spirifer neglectus, S. , Keokuk, Productus punctatus and Zaphrentis Dalit. stone, the teeth of fishes become comparatively rare, and are only found as isolated specimens, sparingly dispersed through the rocky strata. The quarries in the vicinity of Alton and Ascending in the series to the horizon of the St. Louis lime- \ St. Louis, and near Waterloo, in Monroe county, have afforded / a few fine species. The Upper Archimedes or Chester limestone is more prolific, in ichthyic fossils than the beds last named, and we again meet with strata in this group where they are crowded into a limited \ space in great numbers. The upper fish bed is found at the / junction of the lower limestone in the Chester group, with the | green shales above, and the stratum containing these fossils consists of thin plates of limestone imbedded in the shale. The rock is usually arenaceous and sometimes highly ferru- / 14 PALMONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. ginous, and in consequence of the hardness of the rock, well preserved specimens are more difficult to obtain from this bed than from those below. Very fine specimens are occasionally obtained from the soft shales in which the limestone are im- bedded, and are found weathered out upon the sloping hill-sides below the outcrop of the bed in which they were originally inclosed. In the Coal Measures the remains of fishes are comparatively rare in I}linois, and a single specimen will perhaps be the average reward of the collector for his day’s labor in this horizon. The shales above the Belleville coal in St. Clair county, the argilla- ceous limestone and shale forming the roof of the coal seam near Springfield, and the State House quarries on Sugar creek, in Sangamon county, and an equivalent limestone at LaSalle, have afforded nearly all the specimens yet found in the upper Carboniferous beds in Illinois. The new species presented at this time comprise all that have been collected during the prosecution of the Geological Survey of the State up to 1862, as well as the private collection of one of the authors (A. H. W.), the result of more than ten years’ labor, while a resident of Warsaw, in Hancock county, and in close proximity to some of the richest deposits of ichthyic fossils yet discovered on this continent. Although the new species now presented to the scientific world far exceed in number all that have hitherto been found in the paleozoic rocks of North America, we nevertheless believe that the localities mentioned are by no means exhausted, but will yet afford very many other new types. The following query may have been suggested to*the inquir- ing mind by the phenomena we have thus briefly attempted to describe: Why should the remains of fishes be found in such profusion, in the limited horizons which we have termed /ish beds, while they are comparatively rare in the intervening strata? , It seems to have been the probable result of one of VERTEBRATES. 15 two causes: either a superabundant development of ichthyic life during the accumulation of the sedimentary material that forms these thin beds of limestone, or else (and more probably) from the sudden introduction of heated waters or noxious gases, that caused a general and overwhelming destruction of the finny tribes of the Carboniferous ocean at these different periods. Such destructive agents may have been introduced, either by the action of submarine volcanoes or of thermal springs, and it is perhaps quite impossible, at the present time, to determine to which of these causes, if either, we are indebted for the phenomena we are now considering. We know, from the recorded observations of the last century, that a submarine outburst of volcanic fire carries destruction to the finny tribes of the ocean as far as its influence extends, and we may readily conceive that the prevalence of thermal springs beneath the ocean’s level, the waters of which were charged with mephitic gases, would produce a similar result. If we accept the commonly received opinion that the siliceous material which, in the form of chert and hornstone, enters so largely into the composition of the Burlington and Keokuk limestones, was introduced by thermal springs, we must con- clude they were exceedingly numerous during the Sub-carbon- iferous period, inasmuch as we find these materials so abundant - in some beds of the Sub-carboniferous limestone series as to constitute from one-fourth to one-half of the entire mass. Now, if we suppose these thermal waters to have been charged with any poisonous ingredient, we have an agent sufficiently potent to produce a very general destruction among’ the. marine ani- mals that were subjected to its influences. With a profound conviction that the suggestions thus thrown out are not altogether a satisfactory answer to the query pro- pounded, we have nevertheless felt impressed to offer them as the most probable solution presented by the facts before us, and with the hope that they may lead to further investigation and — a more satisfactory answer to this interesting inquiry. ; “A 16 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Of the 118 species of fishes described and illustrated at this time, 16 are from the Coal Measures, 17 from the Chester limestone, 18 from the St. Louis limestone, 49 from the Keokuk | limestone, 14 from the Burlington limestone, 3 from the Kin- derhook group, and 1 from. Devonian strata. , . . Ay Ee, We Genus PALASONISCUS, DeBlainv. PALAONISCUS PELTIGERUS, Newb. Llonichthys peltigerus, N. Proc. Phil. Acad. Sciences, April, 1856. Fig. 1. Palzxoniscus peltigerus. Bopy short, compressed; length 5 inches; height 1 inch, 4 lines; enameled surface of cranial bones covered with small, thickly set tubercles; opercula and hyoid plates ornamented by parallel convolutions of thread lines; scales all covered with similar raised lines, which cross them diagonally downward and backward, terminating in serrations of the posterior mar- gin. About the middle of the interval between the occiput and dorsal fin, on the median line, begins a row of large, oval, ornamented scales, extending to the dorsal fin. Behind the dorsal is a similar row, transformed into large striated fulcra, which overlie the prolongation of the vertebral column to its termination. 18 PALWONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. composed of about 26 rays; ventrals lower, but contain: the same number of rays; pectorals oblong, rounded a ity, a, of. pbout 10 rays; anal fin extending from y Illinois. have been found in the rocks, associated with the ‘ Albert” coal, in Brunswick. I have some imperfect specimens from there of a species y closely allied to this, in which the only difference observable is the coarser : stronger ornamentation of the scales. All the species from the A!bert mine, figured by Dr. Jackson, are unmistakably Palzxonesci, remarkable for the elab- orate ornamertation of the head, bones and scales, and for the large dorsal scales, which, in common with the species before us, are borne by all of them. . The finest specimens of P. pel/tigerus which I have are from beds of cannel coal in different localities, forming one of the many facts cited by the writer (Am. pe Jour. of Science, March, 1857) to sustain his conclusion that cannel coal was formed from a carbonaceous pulp, derived from thoroughly macerated vegetables suspended and deposited in water. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, Fulton county, Illinois. Genus RHIZODUS, Owen. Gen. Cuar.—Jaws large, massive and bony, bearing several large, compressed, double-edged teeth, with suleated bases in each dental bone, with numerous intermediate ones of similar form; scales large (1 to 5 inches in diameter), rotundate-quadrate in outline, thin, inner surface marked by concentric wavy lines of growth, and very finely reticulated; often marked with a tubercle of attachment; exposed portion of exterior surface coy- ered with a fine vermicular tuberculation. The considerations which actuated McCoy, in separating the large, thin, nearly plain scales, found in the Coal Measures, from the more massive and VERTEBRATES. 19 ented ones of the ‘“‘Old Red,” seems to be quite sufficient, though een long considered but species of the genus Holoptychius. The loloptychti are well known by the discovery of numerous nearly iduals, in which scales, fins and bones are almost uninjured and 3 but the so-called Holoptychii of the Coal Measures are, as yet, only d in collections by the large, thin scales which have been referred to, th | Ohio, what seem to be fragments of several species of Rhizodus have been discovered, by one of the authors, consisting of large, thin, quadrate, reticulated , numerous detached flattened teeth, and portions of jaws bearing teeth. Fig. 2. \ RAN x ~ > ~ VERTEBRATES. 30 Genus PETALODUS, Owen. PETALODUS DESTRUCTOR, N. and W. Pl. I, Figs. 1 and 3. Trretu large; crown sharped, compressed, more or less arched laterally, rhomboidal in form, with curved outlines, somewhat acumenate at apex; cutting edge very sharp, crenate; ante- rior face smooth and polished, broadly rhomboidal, lateral angles very acute, upper one slightly rounded, lower one broadly so; posterior surface one-third to one-half higher than anterior face, smooth and polished, terminating below, like the anterior surface, in a band of 5-6 imbricated folds, which are broader and more strongly marked behind than before; root nearly smooth, broad, and compressed above, narrowed and thickened below, where it is rounded, and deflected forward; posterior face about the height of the posterior face of curve; anterior face one-third higher. Entire length of a large specimen, 2 inches, 3 lines; height of posterior surface of crown, including basal folds, 1 inch, 3 lines; of anterior surface, 9 lines; breadth, 1 inch, 9 lines; length of root, anterior surface, 1 inch, 6 lines; of posterior face, 1 inch. . These large and fine teeth, as will be seen by reference to the figures given, must have formed the dental armament of one of the most formidable of the Carboniferous Placoids, and the equal in‘size and prowess to the gigantic Sau- roids of that age. In some specimens, included in the collection, the crown is an inch in height by one and a half inches in breadth—equaling in size the teeth of the largest living species of Carcharias, while the root, comprising half the tooth, buried in the integuments, must have given to the trenchant crown a firmness and efficiency far greater than that of any of the modern shark’s teeth, which have only a short’ tuberous base. Some of the specimens show much wear, but still retain the sharpness of cutting edges. This would seem to show that the teeth of the opposite jaws shut together like a pair of shears, and the attrition which they suffered served only to keep them in order. i | ie uM 36 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. The general form of the crown varies much in some instances; as in that represented in Fig. 3, it is only half the usual height. In other respects, no difference is discernable between that and the others; and there is scarcely room for a doubt that both forms belonged to the same species, possibly to the same individual, the difference being due to the place held by the different teeth in the series, with which each jaw was furnished. The striation of the edge is usually very distinct and regular. It is pro- duced by the exposure of the calciguous tubes of the enamel, which are arranged in a series directed toward the edge, and are here much larger than elsewhere. In unworn teeth the striz are very short, the tubes of the anterior and posterior surfaces being exactly opposite; their points of junction forming depressions on the edge. The crenulation thus produced, is, in young teeth, beautifully regular; in older and worn ones it becomes irregular and at length obsolete. When the polished enamel coating of the anterior and posterior faces is worn off, a dotted surface is exposed similar to that of Psammodus. This appearance is due to the cutting across of the calciguous tubes, which appear to be set here at right angles to the surfaces. These dots are particu- larly noticeable on the basal folds in worn specimens. The interior of the tooth is quite dense and hard, but exhibits an irregular cellular structure. The root is more spongy, and in some cases scems to have been imperfectly ossified. The described species of Petalodus, to which this is most like, are P. acumi- natus, Ag., (Poiss. Foss. Vol. 3, pp. 108,174, 7.19, f 11-13), (McCoy, Brit. Palzxozoic, Foss. p. 635, Pl. 3 g, Fig. 4), and P. Alleghaniensis, Leidy. (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d series. Vol. 3, p. 161, Pl.16, 74,5 and 6.) The one from the Carboniferous limestone of England, and the other from the Coal Measures of Pennsylvania. From the first it differs in the greater relative height of the crown, and the longer and narrower root. From the second it is possibly not specifically distinct, as we only know that through the single speci- men figured and described by Dr. Lurpy. If that specimen is a fair represen- tation of P. Alleghaniensis, our species may be distinguished from it by its crown, which is more pointed above, and much less arched laterally; and by the root, which is longer and narrower. It should be said, however, that we have every reason to believe that the teeth of Petalodus, from the different portions of the mouth, are considerably different in form, and it is not at all unlikely that the discrepancies between Dr. LiEpy’s specimens and ours will prove to be insufficient grounds on which to establish a specific distinction. Figures 1, 1 a, and 2, 2a, represent anterior and posterior views of the crowns of two mature teeth; 2 6, the root anterior surface ; 2c, profile section; Fig. 3, a small and low crown anterior face, all natural size. Formation and locality: Coal Measure limestones of Springfield, LaSalle and Sugar creek, Illinois. VERTEBRATES. ae PETALODUS LINGUIFER, N. and W. Pl. Il, Figs. 4,4 4,46, 5,5 4,50, 5c. TretH large, broader than high; crown three times as broad as high, straight or very slightly arched laterally, cutting edge broadly and nearly evenly arched, apiculate at the summit, strongly striated before, less so behind, finely crenulated; ante- rior surface very broadly rhomboidal, highly polished; basal imbricated folds narrow; posterior face slightly higher than anterior, like that broad, rhomboidal in outline, smooth and highly polished, much arched vertically, very slightly so later- ally, bordered below by a broad band of 7-8 imbricating folds of enamel; root smooth except where peirced by the nutrient vessels, accurately tongue-shaped, rounded below, posterior face equal in height to the posterior face of the crown, including basal folds; anterior face one-third the higher. Total height of tooth, 12 lines; breadth, 18 lines. In the form of the crown, these teeth bear considerable resemblance to those of P. acuminatus, Ag., but differ in having the upper lines of their rhombic outline convex instead of concave ; the root, too, is less wide. In P. acuwmina- tus—as would appear from the figures of Agassiz and McCoy—it is as broad where it unites with the crown, as the crown itself; while in P. linguifer it is much narrower, and is precisely of the form of the terminal half of the human tongue. In the very beautiful and perfect specimen from Pope county, (Fig. 4), the tongue-like root is broader than in those from Chester, (Figs. 5, 5c), but is still much narrower than in the described specimens of P. acuminatus. It is, perhaps, possible that the Chester specimen should constitute a distinct species, but with the exception of the difference in the form of the root, they seem to be alike. It will be seen from the sections given (Figs. 5 b, 5 c) of two specimens from the Chester limestone, that they show a marked difference in the relative height of the crown, but this is a character which is particularly inconstant in all the species of Petalodus. Figures 4 and 4a, a perfect specimen from Pope county, seen from behind and above; 4 6, section of same; 5,5 a and 5 8, anterior and posterior faces, and section of a worn specimen from Chester; 5 ¢, profile section of another Chester specimen. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester and Pope county, Illinois. ™ j Hs 38 . PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Genus ANTLIODUS, N. and W. ANTLIODUS MUCcRONATUS, N. and W. Pl. II, Figs. 6, 6 a,60. TEETH small, robust, broader than high, posterior crown face lenticular in outline, with very sharp angles, concave vertically and laterally, smooth or very finely striated vertically under the lens; superior border regularly arched, finely crenulated ; basal folds about 5, upper one nearly equaling the lower four in breadth, forming a narrow, prominent, bow-shaped ridge; anterior surface equal in height to posterior, strongly arched laterally, vertically concave below, arched above; basal ridge a sharp prominent angle, without distinct folds; base arched laterally, strongly concave vertically, smooth; root two-thirds as wide as the crown, apparently divided into several radicles. A very distinct and neat species, characterized by its low, thick, and strongly arched crown, terminating laterally in very acute depressed points. Figures 6, 6 a, 6 6, represent front and rear views, with profile, natural size. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, Alton, Illinois. ANTLIODUS PARVULUS, N. and W. Pl. Il, Figs. 7, 7a. TretH small, elliptical in outline, height two-thirds the breadth; cutting edge regularly arched, crenulated; anterior surface of crown just half the height of the tooth exclusive of the rudimentary root, smooth and polished, except along the upper border, where it is striated, terminating below in a bow shaped coronal ridge; posterior surface concave, higher than anterior, smooth: with the exception of the strize along the cutting edge; root nearly obsolete, existing only as a narrow fringe below the central two-thirds of the crown. Height 4 lines; breadth 6 lines. VERTEBRATES. 39 This elegant little species resembles, in size and outline, A. minutus, but is readily distinguishable from it by its discernible, though small, root, and the greater relative height of the anterior face of the crown—differences distinctly shown in the profiles of the two species. Figures 7 and 7 a, represent, respectively, the anterior and posterior faces, and the profile, natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Quincy, Llinois. ANTLIODUS ROBUSTUS, N. and W. Plate Ii, Figs. 9, 9a, 9b, 9c. Trretu of medium size, thick and massive, much broader than high; crown twice as broad as high, upper margin regularly arched, somewhat rounded, obtuse and porous; anterior surface semi-elliptical, half the height of tooth, regularly arched verti- cally and laterally, smooth and polished, in its normal state, except along the upper margin, where it is striated by the ex- posed enamel tubes; below these tubes inosculate, producing a reticulated, still lower a dotted porosity; anterior coronal ridge narrow, bow-shaped, prominent, and showing several folds of enamel; posterior surface smooth, regularly concave in both directions, one-third higher than anterior face, exclusive of the broad coronal ridge, which is arched downward or slightly bow- shaped, showing 5-6 distinct imbricating folds, of which the upper one is much the broadest; base nearly smooth; root two- thirds the entire breadth of the tooth, very short, slightly pro- jecting below the posterior coronal ridge, tubercled or rough- ened, not divided. This, and the other species of the short-rooted group of Petalodonts, to which it belongs, exhibit the singular feature of a crown which is essentially that of the typical species of Petalodus, but having the root, so conspicuous in those species, dwarfed to a mere tuberculated ridge, set on the base, as in the present species, A. parvulus, A. cucullus, ete.—or still more rudimentary or wholly wanting, as in A. simplex and A. minutus. That this departure from the normal type, in the form of the teeth, was asso- 40 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. eiated with various other modifications of the structure of the fishes to which they belong, by which their whole economy was changed, there can be no doubt. We have, therefore, felt justified in placing them in a generic group by them- selves. Figs. 9, 9a, 9b and 9c represent the anterior and posterior surface, side view and profile of a large specimen from the Chester limestone. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Illinois. Genus PETALORHYNCHUS, Ag. PETALORHYNCHUS STRIATUS, N. and W. PI. I, Figs. 8, 8a, 8 6. Trretu small and thin; crown sub-pentagonal iu outline, flat or slightly arched laterally, summit sloping either way to two lateral angles where the tooth is broadest, thence the sides con- yerge to the basal folds; cutting edge sharp, finely and rather irregularly crenulate ; anterior surface slightly less high than the posterior, central portion raised into a broadly rounded vertical ridge, bordered by parallel shallow depressions, upper two-thirds uniformly marked by fine vertical or divergent striz, showing the courses of the calcigerous tubes, which are somewhat branched; basal folds few, (2-3), strong mesial angle turned up instead of down; posterior surface plane, slightly curved backward at the base, smooth below, striated above; imbricated folds at base 2-3, broad, nearly straight, and horizontal; root unknown. / This unique and pretty species bears a distinct resemblance to P. sagittatus, Ag. (McCoy Brit. Palacoz. Foss. p. 636, Pl. 3%, fig. 2, 3), but may be readily distinguished from it by its thin, flat crown, sodistinctly and JBau ely striated; the reversed basal angle of the anterior ae ete. Figures 8, 8 a, 8 b, are views of the front and rear faces of the crown, and section, all natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Quincy, Illinois. VERTEBRATES. 4] ANTLIODUS simiLis, N. and W. Pl. II, Figs. 10, 10a. TrrTH rather small, thick and strong; crown twice as broad as high, upper margin regularly arched, obtuse or sub-acute; anterior surface semi-elliptical, not quite half the height of the tooth, arched both vertically and laterally, smooth and polished except where worn; upper margin striated, lower slightly bow- shaped; posterior surface rather more than twice the height of the anterior, curved in both directions; lower margin marked with fine, imbricating folds, and forming a thin, prominent edge; root short, thick. : This species approaches very nearly, in form, to A. robustus, but is smaller, and the angle formed at the edge of the crown, by the anterior and posterior surfaces, is larger, giving to the tooth, as it stands vertically, a somewhat flatter top. This difference is most clearly seen in the profile sections of the two species. The root also projects more anteriorly. So like, however, are the two species, that if they had been found at the same geological horizon, they would with propriety have been considered mere variations in form, of one and the same species. P Figs. 10 and 10a represent the anterior face and profile section of the nat- ural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. ANTLIODUS CUCULLUS, N. and W. Pl. III, Figs. 1, la, 10. Tretu of rather large size, robust, elliptical in outline, much broader than high, superior border regularly arched, thickened, rounded, striated and obtuse; posterior face of crown sub-ellip- tical, smooth, terminated below by a broad, flattened coronal ridge, which is arched downward and marked indistinctly with imbricating folds; anterior face of crown lenticular in outline, half the height of posterior face, regularly arched laterally, terminating in long, acute points, slightly concave vertically, —6 ‘| | F | 42, PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. bounded by prominent ridges, one formed by a thickening of the superior border, the other the basal ridge. The latter is slightly bow-shaped and faintly marked with parallel folds; base very smooth, slightly arched laterally ; root three-fourths the breadth of crown, very short, scarcely reaching the lower border of the posterior coronal ridge, rough and irregular, somewhat divided into rudimentary radicles. This species resembles, in its general aspects, A. robustus, but is readily dis- tineuishable from it by its thickened edge, its concave anterior face, broader base, shorter root, etc. Its profile, nearly that of the ladies’ bonnets now in fashion (1860), has suggested the name given it. Figs. 1, la, 1b represent both faces and profile, natural size. _ Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Nauvoo, Illinois. ° ANTLIODUS PoLiTuS, N. and W. Pl. Ill, Figs. 2, 2a. TrEtH small, thick, exceedingly hard and dense, elliptical in form; superior border of crown regularly arched, truncated and slightly furrowed; posterior surface smooth and polished, ellip- tical in outline, concave vertically, straight laterally; coronal folds numerous, broad, flat, evenly arched downward; anterior surface lenticular, long-pointed laterally, one-half the height of the posterior surface, straight or slightly curved vertically, arched laterally; anterior coronal ridge sub-acute, narrow, prominent, and marked with several fine, parallel, enamel folds; base sub-elliptical in outline, smooth; root rudimentary, forming a prominent tuberculated ridge as long as half the breadth of the tooth, set in the base near its lower border; under the lens the structure appears very dense and close throughout, a few pores opening along the borders of the supe- rior marginal sulcus. This, and the closely allied A. sulcatus, are among the most interesting species represented in the collection. Their relations to some of the nearly rootless VERTEBRATES.. 43 forms which we have described, such as A. cucullus, etc., are close, as is evinced by their general resemblance of form and the perfect correspondence in all their homologous parts; but in A. politus the thickened edge of those species with which we have compared it is truncated and even sulcated, the margins of the sulcus being composed of denser tissue and wearing less rapidly. The office of the tooth was plainly that of a grinder, the triturating surface being fitted for its duty as in the ruminants, rodents, pachyderms, ctc., by the alternation of harder with softer bands of dental tissue. The entire tooth is excessively hard and dense, showing an interesting adap- tation to the purposes it was intended to subserve. Figs. 2, 2@ represent the posterior aspect and profile of an average sized tooth, natural size. . Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw and Nauvoo, Illinois. ANTLIODUS mINUTUS, N. and W. Pl. Ill, Figs. 3, 3a, 3b. TEETH very small and thin; root rudimentary or obsolete; crown elliptical in outline, cutting edge uniformly arched and finely crenulated; posterior surface occupying half the height of the tooth, concave vertically and horizontally, smooth and polished throughout except along the superior margin, where it is striated to the cutting edge; posterior basilar imbricated folds 4-5, distinctly marked and occupying the lower half of the posterior surface; anterior face of crown very narrow, form- ing scarcely more than one-fourth of the antero-inferior surface, inclined to the inferior surface at an angle little greater than a right angle, smooth and polished, terminating below in a single prominent basal ridge, which is arched parallel with the cut- ting edge; inferior surface of the tooth roughened for its attach- ment to the integuments, and showing, in a few low tubercles, the rudiments of the root; length 6 lines; height 3 lines. This beautiful little tooth is remarkable for the entire absence of a root. It seems to have been attached to the jaw by a roughened surface, occupying the interval between the anterior and posterior coronal folds, which are very widely separated. The character would exclude the species from the genus Petalodus, 44 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. as defined by Owen; but with that exception there could searcely be a more perfect type. Of the figures given, figure 3 represents the posterior surface, natural size; 3a the same, enlarged to two diameters; 36 profile or section through the cen- ter of tooth, also twice the size of nature. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. ANTLIODUS SIMPLEX, N. and W. Pl. Ill, Figs. 4, 4a. TretH small, long-elliptical in outline, superior border arched, acute, striated on the anterior side, dotted posteriorly; posterior face, long-elliptical, smooth and porous throughout, slightly arched virtically, laterally straight, bordered below by a narrow and low coronal ridge; anterior surface half the height of pos- terior, nearly straight vertically, and in the central portion laterally, toward either side regularly arched, upper two-thirds finely striated vertically; anterior basal ridge low, simple, nearly straight; base occupying half the anterior aspect of the tooth, slightly arched both ways, inclined at right angles with the anterior face of crown, roughened in the place occupied by the root in the species; root, none. The only specimen of this species in the collection is somewhat worn, but is sufficient to indicate its entire distinctness from all others described. The posterior face has been exposed to long wear, when on the jaw, and the normal character of this surface can hardly be deduced from it. It is now regularly dotted all over with the ends of the enamel tubes, precisely as in Psammodus. As has been mentioned, all the Petalodonts, when much worn, present some- thing of this appearance. In this species it is more marked, however, than in any other, and evidently depends on a peculiarity in the microscopic structure of the crown. The cutting edge is quite thin, and the porosity of its posterior surface is occasioned by the uniform direction of the enamel tubes. These are set parallel with the slope of the anterior face, marking that face with vertical striz, but dotting the posterior face with their ends cut obliquely. Fig. 4 represents an anterior view of tooth; Fig. 4a, a profile section—both natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Burlington, Iowa. VERTEBRATES. 45 ANTLIODUS suLcATUS, N. and W. Pl. Il, Fig. 5, 5 a. Trrtu of medium size, broad, thin, flattened, with an ellip- tical outline; posterior face long, elliptical, smooth, less than half as high as broad, slightly concave vertically, laterally straight, superior margin regularly arched, truncated, and slightly sulcated, sulcus about one-sixth the height of the face, its posterior margin lowest, both margins porous and roughened by the terminations of the vertical enamel tubes ; coronal ridge regularly curved downward, narrow, not prominent, showing about three imbricating folds; posterior face broader than ante- rior, elliptical in outline, very slightly arched vertically and horizontally, rough; coronal ridge wanting; base narrow and roughened with the rudimentary root. Much like the preceding species in general aspect but broader, thinner and more distinctly sulcate; anterior face more flattened. Figures 5, 5 a, represent the posterior face and section, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. Genus DACTYLODUS, N. and W. DactyLopus princers, N. and W. ’ Pl. III, Figs. 6, 6¢, 66. Trrta large and robust, slightly higher than broad; superior border of crown regularly arched, obtuse and porous; anterior face three-tenths of the height of the tooth, sloped downward at an angle of about 30°, to an obtuse transverse ridge, surface smooth and gently arched horizontally ; posterior face imper- fectly elliptical, nearly flat, smooth, in weathered specimens more or less porous, about twice as high as the anterior face, bounded below by a thick coronal ridge, obscurely marked with imbricating folds. This ridge is somewhat bow-shaped, termi- > 46 PALZONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. nating in the prominent lateral angles. The root is large and thick two-thirds the breadth, and nearly the height of the crown. Its posterior face is flattened, the anterior slightly arched both ways. It is divided nearly to the crown into five finger-like rootlets, of which the two external ones are shortest and most robust. These remarkable teeth differ widely from any hitherto described, in the long fangs in which the root terminates; in this respect being more like the teeth of mammals than fishes. The crown, however, is essentially that of Petalodus, and there can be no doubt that they once belonged to a plagiostomous fish of the same family as the typical Petalodi. Prof. McCoy has described some petalodont teeth, from the same horizon with these, under the name of Polyrhizodus, which also have roots divided into several fangs ;and other similar species will be found represented in Pl. 111, and described in the following pages. As will be shown hereafter, MeCoy’s Poly- rhizodus has much in common with Petalodus. This affinity is also indicated by the species before us, and D. lobatus, both being still more like fhe teeth on which Owen founded his genus Petalodus; and yet they have larger and more distinct fangs. : i The only specimen of D. princeps in the collection is, unfortunately, some- what worn and weathered, and its external surface has been in part removed. It is, therefore, impossible to decide from that alone, whether in its normal state it exhibited any decided departure from Petalodus. It now shows near the summit of the crown a more porous structure than most species of that genus in their perfect condition. As has been remarked, however, in the description of Petalodus destructor, where the cutting edge of the crown is much worn, and the polished enamel coating of either face is removed, nothing but a dotted porous surface is seen; the longer calciguous tubes which compose the edge being removed or worn down, so that both there and below their ends alone are visible. As has been suggested. in the remarks on the genus Petalodus, we have scarcely satisfactory data on which to divide the petalodont teeth into different genera; the typical species, the many rooted, the small rooted and the rootless groups, all exhibiting among themselves nearly the same range of microscopic structure; this variation, when existing in perfect teeth, following their forms and consequently their uses. The broad-edged, grinding or crushing teeth of each group exhibit, in their triturating surfaces, the homologues of the cutting edges of the incisive forms; the series of vertical enamel tubes being greatly widened, and the tubes shortened. VERTEBRATES. - 47 posterior do; and 6 8, the profile section ; all natural size. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, St. Louis, Missouri. ; A Ne chard —f- DactyLopus Lopatus, N. and W. Ser ae a aaa btm ) Vwre / .. Pl. Ill, Fig. 7, 7 a. TxetH rather small, thin and flattened, crown elliptical, cut- , jl © ting edge regularly arched, posterior face smooth, in weathered specimens finely striated longitudinally, concave vertically, nearly straight horizontally; anterior surface two-thirds as high as posterior ; posterior coronal ridge formed by the imbricating folds, bow-shaped, prominent, folds numerous, (5-6), sharp, fine and parallel; root half the height and half the breadth of crown, three lobed, iateral lobes acute, middle one larger and emarginate. Height9 lines; breadth 10 lines; height.of crown, including basal ridge, 6 lines; of root 3 lines. The single specimen of this species contained in the collection, seems to be another connecting link between Petalodus of Owen, and Polyrhizodus of McCoy. The crown is apparently precisely that of a Petalodus, and the root, in its general form, is not unlike that of some Petalodi, except that it is deeply lobed. A tooth, generically, and it is possible, specifically, identical with the one before us, has been described by Prof. Leidy under the name of Ctenopty- chius digitatus. (Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XI, p. 90, Pl. 5, figs. 27, 28, 29). Judging from the figures and description only of that tooth, we should say it was less symmetrical, the edge of the crown less thin and acute, the root longer and broader than in ourspecimens. These differences may prove, how- ever, to be dependent on the places which they occupied in the mouth. The peculiar and abnormal character of these teeth is strikingly illustrated by the fact that an anatomist of so great learning, and so proverbially accurate, as Dr. Leidy, should have reversed one of them, and have described as the crown, what is shown by the three well marked and closely allied species before us, to be the root. Figures 7 and 7 a, represent the posterior face and section, natural size. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, Alton, Illinois. The figures given of D. princeps represent (6) the anterior face; (6 a) the is ne ni um . a ~ omer 5 t CA" Nae a ™ Lt Powel 48 PALAMONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. DactyLopus INFLEXuS, N. and W. Pl. Ill, Figs. 8, 8a. Trrta of small size, slightly broader than high; crown equaling the root in height; cutting edge sharp, regularly arched, unevenly striated and crenulated by the somewhat irregularly disposed marginal enamel-tubes; posterior face elliptical, strongly concave vertically, nearly straight laterally; anterior face throughout all its central portion plain and smooth, long-rhomboidal in outline, the upper and lower angles rounded symmetrically, the lateral ones long-poimted, the points being abruptly curved backward and downward to join the coronal ridges. This face of the crown is much elevated, forming an acute angle with the base; the anterior ridge divi- ding the crown from the base is prominent, but like the spaces bordering it very smooth. When worn, the anterior face of the crown shows near the upper border a somewhat reticulated porosity produced by the cutting across of the oblique enamel tubes. The root is flat, somewhat constricted at its junction with the crown, but expanded below and divided into 5-6" divergent and conspicuous radicles. : Though sufficiently distinct from the two preceding, this species is closely allied to them, forming the fourth with which we are now acquainted, of this interesting group. Its most distinctive character is that which suggested the specific name given it, in the strong backward inflexion of the upper part of the crown. This gives it the appearance of having a flat summit, and of being a grinding tooth. It has, however, a sharp, cutting edge, and its position on the jaw must have been such that the summit of the crown was vertical or slightly inclined toward the throat. The anterior face of the crown is worn near the edge as though a corresponding tooth in the other jaw had matched with this, and the two had worked together like the blades of a pair of shears. The form and length of the root in many Petalodonts is such as to indicate that they could have had little motion, but were probably fixed in their places, and like these worked together in the manner of scissor blades. Figure 8 and 8 a, represent the anterior face and profile, natural size. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Illinois. VERTEBRATES. 49 Genus POLYRHIZODUS, McCoy. PoLyruizopus porosus, N. and W. Pl. Ill, Figs. 9, 9a. TEETH thick and massive, twice or three times as broad as high; posterior face of crown comprising nearly half the height of the tooth, long-elliptical in outline, with rounded extremities, strongly inclined backward toward the summit, very slightly concave both vertically and laterally, smooth in perfect speci- mens, marked with fine vertical striations in those that are weathered—in such, a narrow band of pores are visible along its lower margin; coronal imbricating folds forming a broad, flattened band, nearly as high as the crown face, laterally straight except near either end, where it is suddenly curved upward, folds three, of equal height, with two very fine lines below; anterior face nearly horizontal, forming a triturating surface of the same form and area as the posterior crown face, slightly concave and lower before. In unworn specimens this is covered with a coating of polished enamel, except at the poste- rior edge, where it is porous; when much worn the entire surface is distinctly porous, as in Psammodus; base as high as anterior crown face, to which it is inclined below, smooth throughout, convex vertically and laterally; root nearly as wide as the tooth, directed forward and downward, and reaching but little below the line of the posterior basal folds, divided into several distinct radicles. The form of the crown of these teeth is similar to that of Polyrhizodus mag- nus, McCoy (loc. cit.), but they are smaller, have shorter rootlets, and a some- what different profile; Prof. McCoy’s species having the lower margin of the posterior crown face inclined backward, while in our species it is inclined _ forward, etc. Figures 9 and 9a represent the posterior aspect and profile of the largest specimen in the collection, of the natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Burlington, Iowa, and Quincy, Llinois. eh 50 PALAEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. PoLyruizopus DENTATUS, N. and W. Pl. III, Fig. 10, 10 a. Tretu of moderate size, much broader than high, widest at summit; posterior surface of crown linear in outline, with rounded ends, less than half the height of the tooth, termina- ting above in an acute, porous, cutting edge, which is nearly straight throughout; posterior crown face somewhat concave vertically, nearly straight horizontally ; basal ridge prominent, half the height of the crown face, straight in its central part, curved upward to the cutting edge at each end; anterior face of crown nearly as high as posterior, inclined to the vertical axis of the tooth at an angle of about 45°, straight or very slightly arched vertically, gently arched toward each lateral extremity, where it narrows to a point, terminating below in an acute edge, or angle without distinct coronal ridge or folds; base linear, as high as crown face, to which it is inclined at an acute angle, smooth, concave vertically, arched laterally; root thicker than crown, composed of numerous sub-quadrate radi- cles nearly half the height of the entire tooth. It will be noticed that this tooth has a strong family resemblance to those we have described under the names of Chomatodus multiplicatus and C. lori- formis, and through them is distinctly connected with the solid rooted Petalo- donts, and yet the root is deeply, almost regularly, divided into numerous distinct radicles. In this respect it is like the following species, more particu- larly to the next one P. ponticulus. To P. porosus, which so closely approaches Polyrhizodus magnus of McCoy, it is allied by its divided root, and the gener- alities of its form; but its cutting edge and comparatively light and angular profile, render it distinguishable from that species at a glance. With its numerous sub-equal tooth-like radicles this tooth bears considerable resem- blance to the jaw of some mammal with a series of attached teeth ; a resem- blance which has suggested the specific name given it. Figure 10 exhibits the posterior face of the tooth; 10 a, is a profile section ; both natural size. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Illinois. VERTEBRATES. out PoOLYRHIZODUS PONTICULUS, N. and W. Pl. Ill, Fig. 11 and 11 a. és TrerH broad, low and thin, in outline oblong or linear; _pos- terior surface of crown two-thirds the entire height, concave vertically, nearly straight laterally, smooth and _ polished ; imbricating folds forming a narrow, low basal band; anterior face nearly horizontal, giving a flat or slightly arched summit to the tooth, not quite half as broad as the height of the poste- rior face; basal ridge a sharp angle without distinct folds; base forming half the height of the anterior surface, concave verti- cally, gently arched laterally, smooth and polished; root verti- cal, nearly as broad as the tooth, and composing one-third of its height, flat, thin and divided into several sub-equal quad- rangular rootlets. Height of tooth 4 lines; breadth of a portion only, 15 lines. This tooth should evidently be classed in the same genus with McCoy’s Polyrhizodusmagnus (Brit. Paleoz. Foss. p. 641, Pl. 3k, fig. 6,7, 8), but cer- tainly not with his P. pusillus, (Op. Cit. p. 642, Pl. 3, k, fig. 2.) From the former it differs, however, in being lighter throughout, the more angular crown, shorter, fewer, and more angular roots. Its relations to the preceding species, P. dentatus, are much closer, that species differing from this only in being higher, the crown more acute above, the radicles more numerous and much thicker. In both these species the summit of the. crown forms nearly a straight line throughout, the basal ridge being curved up to it at either end. Figures 11, 11 a, represent the anterior aspect and profile, natural size. As will be noticed, this face of the tooth bears a striking resemblance to a many- arched bridge, a resemblance which suggested the name given it. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Illinois. Genus CHOMATODUS, Ag. CHOMATODUS GRACILLIMUS, N. and W. Pl. Ill, Fig. 12,12 a. TEETH transversely elongated, linear in outline; posterior crown face half the entire height with rounded ends, its upper 52 PALHZONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. and lower borders being straight and parallel throughout most of the breadth, but curved to meet at each end. The surface slightly concave and finely striated vertically, straight later- ally; the upper margin showing a few relatively large pores ; basal folds 3-4, forming a flattened band little more than half as high as the crown face; anterior surface nearly horizontal, forming a flat top to the tooth. This is a little narrower than the posterior crown face, lower before than behind, slightly concave in an antero-posterior direction; base broader than the anterior face, flat; root nearly as broad as the crown, very short, projecting but little below the posterior imbricated folds, more or less waved in outline, but scarcely divided. This species bears considerable resemblance to C. loriformis in its general aspect, but is relatively broader and lower, has the crown more rounded at the ends, has a more nearly horizontal summit when viewed in profile, etc. It would seem also that some of the teeth described by Prof. Agassiz. (Poiss. Poss. Vol. 3, p. 108, tab. 12, fig. 5-12,) under the name of Chomatodus linearis were of similar form. There are probably several distinct species, however, included in the series represented by Prof. A., part of which should be included in Antliodus—as Fig. 5, which is considerably like our A. parvulus, and others perhaps in Helodus. The specimen represented by Fig. 6, (loc. cit.) evidently represents a species closely allied to ours, though the descriptions of C. linearis, by Agassiz and McCoy, prove it different. These represent the crown as surrounded by a line of basal folds, while in our specimens of P. gra- cillimus, as in all the group to which this species belongs the imbricated folds are scarcely, if at all, visible, except on the posterior face. The profile section of Chomatodus linearis is also quite different, the superior margin being much sharper. Figures 12 and 12 a@ represent the posterior aspect and section, natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Burlington, Iowa. CHOMATODUS CULTELLUS, N. and W.~ Pl. III, Fig. 13, 13 a. TrEeTH transversely elongate, thin and knife-like; central — portions straight and flat, the ends strongly curved forward; VERTEBRATES. 53 crown terminating above in a cutting edge which has an arched outline, more or less undulate and porous; posterior crown face more than half the height of the tooth, slightly concave vertically, arched laterally at either end; posterior basal folds about 3, forming a flattened band, half the height of crown face; anterior crown face a little less high than posterior, nearly straight vertically and laterally, except at the extremi- ties, where it 1s curved forward, smooth and polished, but under the lens showing pores throughout; basal ridge narrow, dis- tinct, straight, except at the ends, where it is slightly turned upward, without imbricating folds; root very nearly as wide as crown, less than half as high undivided, but marked along its anterior surface by a series of deep and nearly uniform pits or depressions, separated by narrow, prominent, vertical costee ; toward either lateral extremity the root is gradually narrowed, and here the costz are somewhat divergent from the centre. This species resembles the preceding one in many respects, but is readily distinguishable by its thin, flat crown, curved at either end, and by its thin, ‘deeply pitted root. Figures 13, 13 a, represent the anterior face of an imperfect tooth, with a profile section, of the size of nature. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Illinois. CHOMATODUS PUSILLUS, N. and W. Pl. Ill, Figs. 14, 14a, 14 8. TreTa small, slender, linear,. broader than high; posterior face of crown half the entire height, linear or long-lenticular in outline, straight laterally, concave vertically, cutting edge sharp, fine; crenulated and more or less undulated, whole pos- terior face striated vertically, striation stronger along the edge; as in the typical Petalodonts; basal angle very prominent, - showing two or three narrow enamel folds; anterior surface equaling posterior in height, of similar outline, slightly arched 54 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. laterally, more strongly so vertically, smooth and polished throughout, but showing every where relatively large, evenly distributed pores; basal angle a prominent ridge opposite pos- terior one without distinct folds; root nearly as broad and high as the crown, vertically concave anteriorly, convex posteriorly, not divided. In its general form this tooth approaches somewhat nearly to the three pre- ceding species, but in the equal height of the basal ridges of the opposite crown surfaces, and in the porous structure of the anterior face it is allied to the Helodi, presenting an interesting link between these two genera. Figure 14, represents the anterior aspect of a broken tooth ;.figure 14 a, the crown seen from above; and figure 14 0, a central profile section, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Nauvoo, Illinois. CHOMATODUS AFFINIS, N. and W. Plate III, Figs. 15, 15 a. Trets laterally elongated, 5-6 times as broad as high, thick and strong; posterior crown face oblong in outline, vertically and laterally concave, upper and lower borders nearly straight, slightly arched together at the ends; basal folds about 4, nearly equal, parallel and distinct, forming a prominent flattened ridge about one-fourth the height of crown face; anterior face linear in outline, narrowed to a point at each end, half the height of the posterior face, to which it is inclined at an angle of about 60°, slightly concave vertically; base very concave vertically, slightly arched laterally, forming a broad furrow between the root and anterior basal ridge. This furrow is narrower in the centre than at either end, made so by the slight arching upward of the line of insertion of the root, and downward of the coronal ridge; root nearly as broad as the tooth, forming only a prominent ridge not reaching down to the lower line of the posterior coronal band. This species is represented in the collection by much worn teeth only. These have a marked similarity to C. angularis from the Coal Measures at La Salle, Or VERTEBRATES. 13) and at first sight will perhaps not be distinguished from it; closer inspection will, however, enable one to separate them. In C. affinis the posterior imbri- eating folds are fewer, forming a’ narrower band which is not so distinctly turned up at the ends. The base, too, is very much more concave. Figure 15 and 15 a, represent the posterior aspect and section of an imper- fect tooth, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Appanoose, Illinois. CHOMATODUS ANGULARIS, N. and W. Pl. III, Figs. 16, 16a. TrEtH laterally elongate, broader than high, oblong in out- line, thick and strong; posterior crown face little more than half the height of the tooth; linear in outline, the superior border straight, forming an obtuse or truncated triturating edge, concave vertically, straight laterally, smooth below, porous above; posterior basal folds about ten, the upper much the broadest, forming a flattened band nearly as high as the crown face. These folds are straight throughout all the middle portion of the tooth, but are suddenly turned up at either end toward the straight upper margin; anterior crown face linear, half the height of the posterior surface, toward which it is inclined at an angle of about 60°, concave vertically, straight laterally; anterior basal folds about three, in a flattened ridge half the height of the crown face; base nearly flat and smooth, forming a plane at right angles with the anterior crown face; on this plane the rudimentary root is placed as a prominent ridge, not reaching down to the lower line of the posterior basal folds. Though closely allied te the succeeding species, C. molaris, this exhibits very important and distinctive differences. It is more angular in all its parts. The root is smaller, the posterior basal folds much more numerous, the angle inclu- ded between the crown faces different, and the triturating surface is formed by this truncated angle, rather than by the arched anterior crown surface. Its position on the jaw must therefore have been different, and its broader surfaces more nearly horizontal. 56 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Figures 16 and 16a represent the posterior aspect of a broken tooth and a section, natural size. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, LaSalle, Illinois. CHOMATODUS MOLARIS, N. and W. Pl. Ill, Figs. 17,.17a. Trrty thick and strong, broader than high, outline linear or oblong, with nearly parallel sides; posterior face of crown half the entire height, concave vertically, straight laterally, smooth; posterior basal folds 2-3, forming a prominent band or ridge nearly half the height of the crown face; anterior surface nar- rower than posterior, forming an arched summit, of which the posterior margin is scarcely higher than the anterior; in worn specimens it is lower; along the anterior border of this surface is a shallow sulcus, dividing off a narrow line, which forms the representative of the usual basal folds. The triturating surface formed by the homologue of the anterior crown face, when much worn, shows a few large pores, but in preparation for the severe service to which they were exposed, the entire teeth were exceedingly close and compact in texture, and the sur- faces are all smooth and polished. The base is concave verti- cally, straight laterally, strongly inclined below toward the posterior face, giving a V-shaped section to this part of the tooth. The root is strong but short, reaching little below the line of the posterior basal folds. This may be regarded as the type of a small group of species, represented in the collection by a large number of specimens, most of which are, however, too imperfect for description. They exhibit the petalodont type of structure throughout, but in their laterally elongated form, their truncated summits, they approach very nearly to the teeth of some of the rays, and it is evident that their functions were the same as those of the teeth of the Myliobatini, 7. e. they were employed in crushing shells, corals and other resistant substances, for which both strength of form and great hardness were required. VERTEBRATES. 57 Figures 17 and 17a represent a fragment of a worn tooth; basal surface and section natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Hflinois. CHOMATODUS MULTIPLICATUS, N. and W. | Pl. Ill, Figs. 18, 18a, 18. TEETH very broad and low, four times as broad as high; posterior aspect showing three nearly equal parallel bands, the crown, the basal folds and root; the posterior face of the crown is linear in outline, rounded at either end, its upper and lower — borders nearly straight. The surface is smooth and polished, the cutting edge acute and very finely crenulated by the fine marginal striation of the anterior face;-basal band of imbricated folds turned up and slightly rounded at either end, projecting beyond the crown, enamel folds numerous (7-8), flattened, the upper ones slightly widest; anterior face of crown strongly deflected backward, but little narrower than the posterior, concave vertically, gently arched laterally, its superior border beveled off. to form the cutting edge, the beveled face being very finely striated vertically; anterior basal ridge prominent, narrow, showing about three folds; base smooth, narrow; root as high and nearly as broad as the crown, quadrangular; its posterior face retreating, its anterior and higher surface beveled off from the middle down to an acute edge, everywhere rough- ened and pierced by the foramina of the nutrient vessels; en- tire height, 6 lines; breadth, 24 lines; height of crown, basal folds, and root on posterior face, each 2 lines. It is to be regretted that this very interesting and distinct species is repre- sented in the collection by a single specimen only. Its very unusual breadth separates it widely from the typical Petalodi, and yet, in other respects, it is apparently like them. This, in itself, however, would indicate peculiarities of the dentition, at least of the size, form and arrangement of the teeth in the jaws of the fish possessing them, which, if we could define it, would serve as a satisfactory basis for the description of the genus. .It is but fair to. suppose 58 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. that between the fishes bearing the narrow, the broad, the sagittate, the oval, the linear and the quadrate teeth, included in the Petalodont family, there were at least as great differences as between Myliobates, Atobatis, Zygobatis and Rhinoptera. ; It will be noticed that in the present species we have the linear form of many’ of the polyrhizoid group, and a root which is only a mass of consolidated root- lets, and which seems just ready to divide into distinct radicles, and yet its section presents the sharpest cutting edge and the most angular outline of any of the series. It thus forms a connecting link between its most dissimilar asso- _ ciates and illustrates the difficulty of separating them. Figures 18, 18a and 180 represent the posterior face, a part of the anterior aspect and a central profile section—all natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Burlington, Iowa. CHOMATODUS LORIFORMIS, N. and W. Pl. III, Figs. 19, 19. TrEetH very broad, thin, strap-shaped, with parallel margins - and'rounded at tle extremities; cutting edge straight through- out the greater part of its length, curved downward at either side, sub-acute, porous; posterior face of crown comprising two- thirds the entire height of tooth, slightly curved vertically, straight laterally, smooth and polished; posterior coronal im- bricating folds about 4, low but distinct, the upper ones widest, forming a band half the height of the crown face; anterior face half the height of the posterior, to which it is inclined at an angle of about 45°, straight or slightly concave vertically; — coronal ridge a sharp angle, without distinct folds of enamel; base occupying more than two-thirds of the anterior surface of the tooth, slightly concave vertically; root nearly as broad as the tooth, very short, extending but little below the posterior basal folds, rounded in profile, roughened, not divided. The only specimen of this species which exists in the collection is broken at one end, and does not therefore give the entire breadth. The height is 44 lines. The breadth of the fragment, 17 lines. The total breadth could not have been much less than 2 inches. bey VERTEBRATES. 59 In its general aspect this tooth is much like the last described. Like that, its disproportionate breadth renders it very unlike the teeth of any of the true sharks of which we have any knowledge. The Rays and some Cestracionts have equally broad teeth, but these all have flat or obtuse summits, fitted for grinding or crushing; none of the incisive teeth of the carnivorous sharks hav- ing anything like an equal relative breadth. It would be a matter of great interest to ascertain, if it were possible, what was the position of these broad, knife-like cutting teeth in the mouths of their possessors; whether they were set transversely across the symphysis of the jaws, as in the Myliobatini, or on the rami of either side, as in the Cestracionini. Their perfect symmetry would rather indicate a medial position like the broad teeth of the rays. Whether in this case they formed a single series, as in Mitobatis, or were associated with narrower lateral teeth, as in Zygobatis and Myliobates, we may perhaps never know, as the cartilaginous jaws on which they were set have usually been wholly decomposed and the teeth scattered. Figures 19 and 19a represent the face and profile, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Llinois. Genus DIPLODUS, Ag. ‘Dretopus Latus, Newb. Pl. IV, Figs. 1, le. Diplodus latus, Newb., Pisce. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1856, p. 99. TretTH large and robust; base thick and massive, elliptical in outline, flattened below, with a large, obtuse tubercle pro- jecting downward and forward at the anterior margin; posterior end rounded; central cusp rudimentary or obsolete; lateral denticles unequally divergent in the same plane, very robust, 2-3 times as high as broad at base, smooth and polished throughout, compressed, with a lenticular section, and sharp, crenulated, cutting edges, extremities sharp, but scarcely pointed. This is a large and robust species, the larger specimens being 9 lines high; the extremities of the lateral cusps being separated by an equal interval. Un- like D. gibbosus, Ag., and D. gracilis, Newb., the lateral denticles diverge in the same plane, which is vertical to the antero-posterior axis of the base. 60 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Among the speciniens which I have been inclined to refer to this species, considerable diversity of size and form may be noticed, and it is. by no means certain that they should be regarded as specifically identical. Of these the largest constitute the true type of the species, as first described. They are characterized by the great strength of the lateral denticles, which are scarcely ~~-._ twice larger: than wide at base, and nearly of equal length, accurately set in the same vertical plane. Another group, little smaller than these, are however sensibly more slender. The lateral denticles, though as long, are narrower and scarcely compressed at base. ‘The anterior tubercle is much more prominent, and the posterior portion of the base has a vertical groove in the edge, at the mesial line, and above this a broad, flattened, circular tubercle, which is rough- ened on the upper surface, as though it was the place of a muscular attachment. A similar character is shown in the magnified figure.of D. gibbosus, Ag. (Poiss. Foss. Atlas, Vol. III, Tab. 226, fig. 4), but there the flattened tubercle is rep- resented as though placed in apposition with and between the bases of the lateral denticles. In all the specimens before me it is separated from the cusps by a space equal to its own diameter, which is about 2 lines. In these two groups, which I have hardly been willing to separate specifically, the central cusp is either entirely obsolete or reduced to a small conical tubercle. Another group of teeth, which are not rare in the Coal Measures of Ohio, is represented in the collection by two specimens only. These I have formerly designated by the name of D. compressus, though it is possible they should be regarded as merely a variety of D. latus. They are, however, not more than half the size of the teeth of that species. The base is relatively smaller, the cornua more unequal, acute and compressed; one of the pair—the right or left, according to the position of the tooth in the mouth—being much narrowed toward the point and sigmoidally curved. In this group the margins of the denticles are more distinctly crenulated. (See description of D. compressus.) Figures 1 and Le, side views; 1a, 1b and 1c, anterior faces of different speci- mens; 1d, posterior face—all natural size. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, Posey county, Indiana, and Colum- biana county, Ohio. : DreLopus compressus, Newb. Pl. IV, Fig. 2. Diplodus compressus, Newb., loc. cit. TEETH smaller and more slender than those of D. latus ; about 5-6 lines high, and having a space of 4 lines between the points VERTEBRATES. 61 . of the denticles; base small, 3 lines long, 24 broad, lateral den- ticles narrow, compressed and crenulated, generally unequal in length and unlike in form; the anterior? one being longest, divergent at a greater angle, long-pointed, acute, doubly-curved, 4_5 times as long as wide; the posterior? one straight or falcate and relatively broader; the median denticle, when visible, short, acute, compressed and crenulated. Figure 2, inner surface of large specimen, natural size. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, Posey county, Indiana, and Linton, Ohio. DrpLopus pupiicatus, N. and W. PL IV, Figs. 3, 3. TrETH small, slender; base relatively small and thin; denticles four, sub-equal, conical, divergent, curved, somewhat striated longitudinally, with circular or sub-circular section, terminating in acute points; entire altitude of tooth about 3 lines, length of denticles 2 lines, spread of the most divergent 4 lines. In the number of denticles this tooth differs so much from the species of Diplodus heretofore described, that there may be some doubt whether it should be included in the same genus with them. Jts structure, however, is on the whole much like that of D.gibbosus, D. gracilis, etc., the only striking differ- _ ence being that this has four cornua, while they have two or three. The number of denticles is, however, not constant in the genus—in the species I have enumerated, the medial one being sometimes half the length of the two lateral ones, sometimes reduced to a mere tubercle and sometimes even wholly obsolete. Prof. Agassiz mentions having seen as many as five denticles attached to one root, (Poiss. Foss., Vol. 3, p. 204.) In the figure of D. minutus (Atlas, Vol. 3, Fig. 7, Tab. 226) four denticles are seen lying nearly in contact, and perhaps may have been connected with the same root. Should it prove, however, that there were sometimes four den- ticles on the tooth of that species, ours would still be distinguished from it by its much more slender and awl-like cones. Figure 3 shows the posterior? aspect of an entire tooth, natural size; figure 3a, the opposite face of the same, enlarged to two diameters. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Nauvoo, Illinois. | 62 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. DieLopus incurvus, N. and W. PI. IV, Fig. 4, 4a. TreTH small; base large, thin, somewhat spoon-shaped, smooth. From one extremity of this, spring three sub-equal, recurved, divergent, conical denticles. These have a nearly circular section, with a faint lateral angle formed by a fine longitudinal carina; the anterior face of each being somewhat flattened. — But a single specimen of this singular tooth exists in the collection, and that somewhat broken. Enough of it remains, however, to make out its form fully, and to show its entire distinctness from any species before described. Its pecu- liar character will be seen at a glance by reference to the figures which we give of it. Length of base, 3 lines; breadth in widest part, 2 lines; length of denticles, 13 lines. Figure 4 represents the anterior aspect of the tooth; figure 4 a, the side view, magnified to two diameters. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Nauvoo, Illinois. Genus ORODUS, Ag. Gren. CuAr.— Teeth laterally elongated, having their mid- dle portion more elevated than their extremities, forming in the central portion of the tooth an obtuse and transverse cone; the longitudinal diameter, which much exceeds the transverse, is also marked by a ridge sometimes medial, sometimes sub- medial, from which spring oblique secondary ridges which ramify upon the sides, and which, in the larger teeth, give rise to another series of collateral ridges.” The genus Orodus has not been before recognized in America. OroDUS? MULTICARINATUS, N. and W. Pl. IV, Fig. 13, 13 a. TrxrtTu very large, thick and massive, central portion form- ing a broad, obtuse cone, from which radiate numerous fine VERTEBRATES. 63 but prominent carinz. From these spring a great number of simple or branching secondary ridges, which spread over all the surface of the crown. These ridges are sharp and well defined, and are separated by obtuse furrows of about double their width; both ridges and furrows highly polished and uni- formly punctate. It unfortunately happens that this remarkable species is represented in the collection by a single specimen only, and that a fragment, a portion broken from the centre of the tooth; the margins being gone, carrying with them all data for determining its size orform. Itis evident, however, that it must have been equal if not superior in size, to any other tooth in the collection. At least 2 inches wide in its narrowest part. The microscopic structure and style of ornamentation are very similar to those of the large and beautiful teeth deseribed by Agassiz. (Poiss. Foss. Vol. 3, p. 97, Atlas, Vol. 3, Tab. 11, fig. 5-9), under the name of Orodus ramosus, and it is not improbable that we have in this fragment the central cone of the tooth of a species ef Orodus, perhaps generally similar in form to OU. ramosus, but considerably larger and more highly ornamented. Figures 13, 13 a, are top and side views, natural size. Formation and locality: Kinderhook group, ‘“Goniatite bed,’ Rockford, Indiana. ; Oropus pLicatus, N. and W. Pl. IV, Fig. 5. TreETH small, laterally elongated, slender, somewhat arched; crown bearing a sub-medial prominent cone, with 4 or # lateral ones. The central cone is rounded, sub-acute, its summit marked by numerous fine radiating strive. On either side a beaded crest runs down to and over the lateral cones; lateral cones small, not crowded, from their summits one or two promi- nent, acute, divergent costee, descend on either side to the base of the crown, much stronger on one side than the other; base of the median cone and the entire surface of the lateral por- tions of the crown on one side, ornamented with numerous, 64 . PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. fine, but distinct, horizontal lines or folds. On the opposite surface these are nearly obsolete. This slender and highly ornamented species, though presenting a general similarity to several of the preceding group, may be at once distinguished from them by the numerous fine horizontal lines which cover one face of the crown. Figure 5, 5 a, side view of a broken specimen, twice the natural size. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, St. Louis, Missouri. ORropUS ELEGANTULUS, N. and W. Pl. LV, Bigs. 6, Gia. TrrtTH small, laterally elongated, narrow and slender; crown conical, bearing a prominent central cone, from which the out- line slopes away to either extremity. The median cone is faintly marked with a few delicate radiating raised lines. On either side of this are six or eight small tubercular secondary cones, from each of which spring about three raised lines, which diverge and cover most of the anterior face of the crown; this line of prominent points is not medial, but nearer the pos- terior than anterior border. ‘The posterior face of the crown is somewhat roughened with short, tortuous, raised lines and tubercles. The crown is covered with a coating of dense trans- lucent enamel, highly polished, and without pores. The root seems to have been cartilaginous, and has usually disappeared. This elegant little species bears considerable resemblance to the last, but is somewhat larger and much smoother; the raised lines which ornament the sur- face of the crown being comparatively few and faint, and having a different arrangement. When seen on profile it exhibits some resemblance to O. einctus, Ag., but on close examination it will be seen that the ornamentation is quite different. In O. cinctus the median cone, as well as all the lateral prominences, are unbroken rings which arch over from the front to the rear, while in our species the central elevation is distinctly, sometimes acutely, conical, marked with- radiating lines. The secondary tubercles are round, smooth, and distinct, and from these, three or four sharp, raised lines, diverge to cover one side only of the crown, constituting a much more complex and beautiful style of orna- mentation. VERTEBRATES. 65 Figure 6, 6 a, represent the top and side view of a medium specimen, natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Burlington, Iowa. Oropus orNATUS, N. and W. Pl. IV, Figs. 7, 7 @, 8, 8a. i Tren small, laterally elongated, with a prominent central cone, and a more or less conical outline; crown highly orna- mented with numerous prominent carine. Of these, ten or more radiate from the summit of the central cone, covering its sides with their tortuous branches. From the central cone a sharp and prominent crest runs down to either extremity along the median line. In some specimens this crest is broken up into numerous small, lateral cones, which are ornamented like the principal one, with radiating carine. In other speci- * mens these secondary cones are scarcely developed, but the crest is serrated, when seen in profile, by the outlines of the numerous ridges which cross it. The root is usually slightly narrower than the crown, and of equal height, coarse, and porous. A transverse profile shows it to be in most specimens oblique to the crown. These are highly ornamented teeth, the crown being elaborately sculptured in every part. They vary much in size, and somewhat in form, the larger ones being laterally long and narrow, from 6 to 7 lines in length, while the smaller ones are half as long, but thicker in the central part; when seen from above often presenting a sub-triangular outline. By their general aspect they remind one of Orodus cinctus, Ag., (Op. Cit. p. 96, Tab. 11, fig. 1-4,) but they are much smaller, and the ornamentation is more elaborate and of a different pat- tern. Figures 7 and 7 a, represent a larger and smaller tooth, each viewed from above, magnified to two diameters. Figures 8 and 8 a, crown and side view of another small specimen, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw and Nauvoo, Illinois. —9 66 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Oropus TUBERCULATUS, N. and W. Pl. LV, Wigs. 9599. TrretH small, short, high, conical in outline; median cone relatively large, pointed, sometimes acute; lateral cones rudi- mentary, nearly obsolete, two or three on either side of the principal cone, rapidly diminishing, together forming pointed lateral appendages to the central prominence; central cone bearing several prominent ridges, strongest at the base, fading out at the summit; similar ridges upon the lateral extremities in pairs form the rudimentary secondary cones. On the inside the ridges are less distinct, and are in part represented by enameled tubercles; whole surface of crown polished, and with- out pores. The species before us bears a strong resemblance to the preceding one, and indeed to all the smaller species which we have described, It is, however, apparently distinct from all, and may be recognized by its relatively short and high figure, the preponderance of the central over the secondary cones, by its few, strong, ornamental ridges, frequently represented by mere tubercles, ete. Figure 9, crown face seen from above; 9 a, side view, both twice natural size Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Quincy, Illinois. ORODUS MAMMILLARIS, N. and W. P1.IV, Fig. 10, 10a. TrrTH small, laterally elongate, slender; crown arched or sub-conical, having a prominent median cone, with a series of 2—5 lateral cones on either side; median cone round, as broad as high, the lateral ones more or less appressed and flattened vertically. All these cones are ornamented with numerous, prominent, often beaded ridges, which are strongest at the base and fade out toward the summit on the median and some of the lateral cones. On those near the extremities they meet above. These ridges are strong and rounded; there are about four on either side of the lateral cones and twice as many VERTEBRATES. : 67 upon the central one. The root has, on the inner side, an altitude one-third less than that of the crown, there presenting -a vertical, coarse and porous surface. From the lower border of this the inferior surface slopes up to the corner on the oppo- site side. In size and general character the species may be compared with the two pre- ceding, but in the details of its structure is still quite different from either. From O. ornatus it may be at once distinguished by its very distinct lateral cones, which are separated by deep sulci, and, like the middle one, are con- stricted at the base; the ridges coarser and more obtuse, and more restricted to the base of the crown. From 0. elegantulus it may be easily separated by noticing its more conspicu- ous lateral cones—its stronger ornamentation occupying the base of the crown on either side, while in O. elegantulus it is mainly restricted to the summit and one face. In the specimens contained in the collection we have one on which are more than a dozen teeth, that apparently belonged to a single individual. It is therefore of special interest as affording a little of the information so rarely obtained in reference to the variety of form displayed in the dental series of a single pleozoic fish. Unfortunately this specimen is much weathered, and all finer markings are oblitered. We can see, however, that there was considera- ble diversity of size and some difference of form among them, there being longer and shorter ones, those nearly straight and those strongly arched, those with conspicuous roots and those with little or none, and finally those relatively thick and strong and others very slender. The surface marking is, however, as far as it has been preserved, essentially the same in all. Many of these teeth were apparently much worn during the life of their possessor, and it is evident from their condition, as well as from other facts which have come under our obser- vation, that the subsistence of Orodus was made up, for the most part, of mol- lusks or other resistant substances, which it was necessary to crush, and in triturating which their teeth were much worn and impaired. Figures 10 and 10a, side and top views, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Nauvoo and Warsaw, Illinois. Oropus minuscuLUS, N. and W. Pl. IV, Fig. 11. TRETH very small, arranged in a series of five or more, dimin- shing in size from front to rear, their summits forming an arch 68 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. in the same direction; each individual tooth laterally elongated, slender, somewhat arched in outline, strongly so in profile; crown smooth and highly polished throughout, forming an angular ridge, crowned with numerous prominent, bead-like points. Of these the largest is nearer one end than the other; from this point the secondary cones diminish in size to either extremity; lateral length of longest tooth 3 lines; of shortest, 1 line; breadth about half a line. The teeth which form the basis of the foregoing description retain the rela- tive position which they occupy on the jaw. Like most of the teeth of the genus, they are laterally unsymmetrical, the median cones not being placed on the central point of their longest diameter. Though very minute they are neat x and exact in their forms and markings, and undoubtedly are the only traces yet discovered of an entirely distinct species of fish which inhabited the Car- boniferous seas. Figure 11 represents the series of teeth described above, magnified to two diameters. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. > Oropus minutus, N. and W. Pl. IV, Fig. 12. TEETH very small, forming a series of four or more, increas- ing in size from behind forward; each individual tooth laterally elongated, linear in outline, rounded at one extremity, appa- rently obliquely truncated at the other; crown forming a semi- cylindrical ridge, with a median cone nearest the truncated end. This is worn down in the specimens before us, and its form and relative elevation cannot be determined. The lateral surfaces of the crown exhibit no secondary cones, but the me- dian line is marked by a fine, sharp crest, giving off, nearly at right angles, simple or forked thread-like carinz, which run down to the base. This species resembles O. ornatus and O. elegantulus more than any others described, but the crown of O. ornatus is less straight and symmetrical in out- VERTEBRATES. 69 line, and the raised lines which ornament it are very tortuous and irregular— the larger ones giving off numerous short lateral branches, which give them a pectinated appearance, nothing like which is observable in the species before us. In O. elegantulus a line of bead-like tubercles crown the medial crest, the lines of ornamentation running down upon one side only, while in'O. minutus both faces of the crown are ornamented. In size the teeth of this species are intermediate between O. ornatus aud O. minusculus. Figure 12 represents two teeth of a series ef four, seen from above, twice the natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Nauvoo, Illinois. Genus CARCHAROPSIS, Ag. CarcHaropsis WortHENr, Newb. Pl. IV, Figs. 14, 14a. Bask semi-elliptical in outline, irregularly, coarsely but not: deeply scolloped, thick, flattened below, sloped off to the edges above, slightly broader than the entire height of the tooth; median cone conical, its height about equal to its width, meas- ured across the upper surface of the expanded base; anterior face flattened, posterior regularly rounded, entirely smooth throughout; margins strongly and evenly crenulated from the apex to the base; lateral denticles two on either side, the exte- rior pair largest, about one-quarter the length of the median cone, situated a little back from the anterior margin, on the extreme points of the base, conical, acute and smooth, and slightly divergent from the axial line of the principal cone; second pair slightly in advance of and within the largest secon- daries, scarcely more than tubercles. Breadth of base, 1 inch, 2 lines; height, apex slightly worn, 1 inch. The beautiful tooth from which this description was taken is the first of the genus, so far as we know, that has ever been found on the American continent. Partially covered by the stone it had the appearance of Cladodus, but present- ing some peculiarities, was carefully developed when the elegant crenulation of 70 PALHONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. its margin showed itself, and its affinity to the teeth upon which McCoy founded the genus Pristicladodus, at once suggested itself. This species fully confirms McOoy’s view of the classification of the teeth to which he gave this name, (Brit. Palxoz. Foss., p. 642.) With the one before us there are now three species known, which, with striking departures from all other types, have certain common characters, uniting them in a most natural generic group. The name selected by McCoy for the genus also seems well chosen, for while the broad, semi-circular, thickened bases of these teeth and their lateral denti- cles, of which the exterior pair are largest, show their intimate relationship to those of Cladodus, the broad, semi-conical, crenulated median cone, which occupies nearly the entire breadth of the base, and so entirely overshadows the lateral denticles, gives the group a facies quite distinct from that of Cladodus, and show it to be a kind of connecting link between the Hybodonts and the Carcharodonts. McCoy’s name was, however, anticipated by perhaps the equally appropriate one of Carcharopsis of Agassiz. The crenulation of the edge of the median cone in C. Wortheni is remarka- bly regular and distinct, and is continuous from the summit down to the lateral denticles. The apex of the principal cone is somewhat worn, but was appa- rently quite sharp. The anterior surface is not accessible, but is evidently flattened, as in P. dentatus, McCoy, and somewhat excavated. Figures 14 and 14a, posterior aspect and side-view—natural size. Formation and loculity: Sub-carboniferous limestone, Huntsville, Alabama. Genus PETRODUS, McCoy. PETRODUS OCCIDENTALIS, N. and W. - . PI. IV, Figs. 15, 15a, 158, 16, 16a. Bass sub-circular or elliptical in outline, flat or slightly concave below, thin, terminating in an abruptly sharpened, finely crenulated edge, broader than the crown; crown broadly conical, acute or rounded at the summit, with a sub-circular or elliptical section, constricted at the base, marked with a varia- ble number of strong, divergent ridges, many of which are forked below; ridges generally smooth, but sometimes more or less rugose. VERTEBRATES. he This species is so much like P. patelliformis, McCoy, (Paleozoic Fossils, p. 637, pl.3, G. figs 6,7, 8,) that I have hesitated to consider it distinct. In P. patelliformis, however, the radiating ridges of the crown are represented by Prof. McCoy as being always strongly sulcated transversely, almost pectinated in fact, while in the great number of specimens in tle collection none exhibit this character; a slight rugosity, rarely visible, is the only approach to it. Prof. Agassiz has suggested that these bodies were not teeth, but the dermal tubercles of some of the ancient sharks. This supposition is rendered probable by their resemblance to the cretaceous tubercles of living plagiostomous fishes, particularly the Rays, and by some peculiarities of their structure as compared with other teeth. It will be seen that the base is exceedingly thin and very flat, much more so than in the teeth of any of the cestracionts, and too much so, we might suspect, for the requisite solidity and stability of teeth of which the function was the crushing of resistant substances. The base is, also, not only thin and weak, but laminated on every side in a thin, sharp, finely crenulated edge. This shows that if teeth, they must have been isolated and nowhere in contact with each other. In these respects they offer a strong contrast to Orodus, Acrodus, Ptychodus, etc., to which they have otherwise considerable resemblance. In all these genera the bases of the teeth are much thicker, and of forms that prove them to have been in contact with each other, and even matched together with a kind of pavement. The extreme probability of the suggestion of Prof. Agassiz will be at once seen by reference to the figures which he gives of a fossil ray from the Lias of Lyme Regis, (Poss. Foss. Atlas, Vol. 3, pl. 42, 43,) the dermal tubercles of this fish (Squaloraja polyspondyla) exhibiting a marked resemblance to those bodies called Petrodus by Prof. McCoy, and considered by him to be teeth. There is great variation in form and size in the large number of these fossils included in the collection, some being ten times as large as others, some circu- lar and some long-elliptical in oytline, some being acute at summit and marked with sharp divergent ridges, others nearly smooth, as though much worn. With the exception, however, of that which formed the basis of the succeeding specific description, they should probably be all regarded as the exuve of the same species of fish. A large, sub-triangular, nearly smooth specimen, from the Coal Measures of LaSalle, exhibits some peculiarities which may have a specific value. Without further evidence, however, we should hardly be justified in regarding it as distinct from those we have designated by the name of P. occi- dentalis. Figures 15, 15a and 158, top and side views of two teeth; 16, 16a, another tooth, perhaps specifically distinct. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, Belleville, Illinois. ~I bo PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. ‘PEtropus acutus, N. and W. PL.IV, Pig. 17. THERE is in the collection a single specimen of Petrodus that is derived from a different locality from the others, and which is so unlike them as to justify its separation from them. It is small in size, elliptical in outline, and the carinze of the surface do not radiate from a central point, but the line of the longest diameter is marked by a prominent, acute crest, from which 4—5 pairs of acute, simple ridges are given off pinnately run- ning down to the base. All the carine are, as compared with those of P. occidentalis, much sharper. Figure 17, a small specimen seen from above, twice natural size. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, Pike county, Illinois. Genus CTENOPTYCHIUS, Ag. Gren. Cuar.—Teeth small, highly polished, strongly com- pressed, rounded or obtusely pointed, edge divided into several strong denticulations; base of crown with a few imbricating folds of ganoine; bony root oblong, flattened in the same direction as the crown. It is very apparent that the species which have been referred to Ctenopty- chias require separation; as, for example, Cts apicalis, Ag., can hardly belong to the same genus with Ct. serratus of Owen; but we have not now the mate- rial for a discussion of the question of which should retain the name of Cten- optychius. ; CTENOPTYCHIUS SEMICIRCULARIS, N. and W. Pl. IV, Figs. 18, 18 a, 18-b. TrrtH of median size; crown very thin, much compressed, and laterally curved, when viewed from above in outline form-_ ing a full semi-circle; anterior and posterior surfaces smooth VERTEBRATES. Ta and highly polished, without strize or pores; superior margin forming a sharp, cutting edge, divided into numerous lobes, of which the middle one is largest, the others diminishing succes- sively, to the lateral angles. These lobes are usually unequal in number on either side of the largest one, four on one side and five on the other. They are generally rounded in outline but sometimes acute. The anterior and posterior surfaces of the crown are of nearly equal height, the anterior sometimes showing a basal ridge as in Petalodus. The root is thicker than the crown and higher, nearly or quite as broad and of a some- what similar form, except that its border is not scolloped. Both faces of the root are more or less roughened. On the posterior surface the root at its junction with the crown forms a broad shoulder, which is depressed at the centre with a deep, conical cavity. This gives to the profile section much the character of that of some species Petalodus, as will be seen by a reference to the figures. When viewed from the front or rear the outline of these seems strikingly like that of the teeth of Ct. apicalis, Ag., as given by Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. Atlas, Vol. 3, tab. 19, fig. 1, la. Yet it would seem that in fact these forms are so widely different that it is even doubtful if they should be included in the same genus. Ct. apicalis is described as “‘transversely ovate,’ and judging from the figures and description of Agassiz and McCoy must be some- what similar in general aspect to Chomatodus dentatus, McCoy, while the teeth before us are thinner and more curved laterally than in any species of Petalodus. Ct. serratus, Owen, (Brit. Palzoz. Foss. p. 626, Pl. 3-1, fig. 21, 22, 23), is, how- ever, more like our species in general form, but is less curved and has nearly thirty denticles on the cutting edge, while in C?. semicircularis there are but seven or eight. The affinity of this species of Ctenoptychius with Petalodus will be seen by reference to the figures, to be very marked. McCoy has noticed this relation- ship in his description of C¢. serratus, which would be considered a Petalodus were it not for the coarse crenulations of the cutting edge. M. Agassiz com- pares Ct. apicalis to a small, compressed Orodus, which it is certainly very like, but it is evident that the present species is more closely allied to Petalodus than - Orodus, and is in fact the most exaggerated form of lamillar and arched type of teeth first and best known by the former name. —10 74 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Figure 18, anterior crown face; 18 a, same seen from above; 18 b, from the side. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, Posey county, Indiana. Genus HELODUS, Ag. Gen. Cuar.—“Transversely elongate, crown convex, eleva- ted along the middle into an obtuse, conical ridge, sometimes divided into a line of several compressed cones diminishing from the centre; surface porous, as in Psammodus; margin of the crown raised in the middle on both the inner and outer sides, and it and the root vertically plicated.” v : It is evident that among the species at present included in the genus Helodus there is much incongruity, and the whole group requires a thorough revision and more or less sub-division, before anything like a distinct idea can be con- veyed of a generic character represented by the name Helodus. Still the time has, perhaps, not yet arrived, when the required revision can be satisfactorily performed. The number of species which have been described is now about a dozen, and there are in the collection before us at least an equal number, which would be grouped with them in the genus Helodus as at present defined. Of these as we shall be able to show that some are probably nothing more than the median teeth of the jaws which bore on their rami the convoluted plates known as Cochliodus, while others having a general similarity of form, with these apparently constituted portions of a dental series not very unlike through- out. Both these groups have a laterally elongated form, with a conical profile, and a prominent central boss or cone, with or without secondary prominences on either side of this. The median teeth of Cochliodus, a group which must include several described species of Helodus, (e. g. H. levissimus, H. didymus, H. turgidus, etc.), haye been found in regularly diminishing series like some of those now figured. Another group of Helodi, of which H. planus, Ag., may be taken as a type, in their broad and flattened forms resemble Psammodus, to which they approach more nearly than to the turgid and conical species with which they are now associated. These formed a payvement-like dentition which was, perhaps, similar in character throughout the mouth, or they might have formed a part of the varied dental series of Cochliodus. It is probable, how- ever, that of these a group may be gathered which would possess a fairly defined generic character. It is desirable, however, for the satisfactory classi- fication of this heterogeneous material, that specimens of at least a considera- VERTEBRATES. 75 ble number of the species already described should be carefully compared with those now before us, and it is perhaps wiser to wait the time when this shall be possible, rather than to attempt now to make the sub-divisions to which we have referred. It seems to us not probable that He/odus should be regarded, as suggested by Prof. McCoy, as a sub-genus of Psammodus, or at least that any other than the last group referred to should be so considered. The flat, quad- rangular teeth of Psammodus form a very natural generic group, and the porosity of their surfaces is no more like that of Helodus than Cochliodus. HeEtopus conicutus, N. and W. Pl. IV, Figs. 19, 19 a. TrETH small, laterally short, crown composed of a relatively high, rounded central cone, with short lateral appendages; these latter are rounded or obliquely truncated, and project not quite half the diameter of the cone from its base. A sulcus surrounds the crown constricting it, at its junction with the root; root not yery short, nearly as broad as the crown, oblique, its vertical face deeply impressed with vermicular cavi- ties; the crown surface is smooth and polished, and uniformly porous throughout. e This species is closely allied to H. didymus, Ag., but seems to be distinguish- ed from it by its relatively larger cone, the sulcus around the crown, and the pitted root. Figures 19, 19 a, give a front and side view, natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Burlington, Iowa, and Keokuk limestone, Nauyoo, Illinois. HELopUS CARBONARIUS, N. and W. Pl. IV, Figs. 20, 20a. TEETH small, transversely elongate, crown linear in outline, gently arched laterally, strongly so transversely, smooth and polished throughout, marked with numerous relatively coarse pores, which frequently coalesce, forming a fine but irregular i ee 76 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. reticulation; root as broad and nearly as high as the crown, very oblique, vertical face, marked with pits and vermicular grooves, inferior surface roughened. This very distinct species is represented in the collection by a single frag- ment only. That is, however, sufficient to show its general form and its struc- ture. In form it is not unlike some species we have described, from the lower rocks, but its microscopic structure is unlike that of any other species with which we are familiar. The enamel tubes are much wider than the spaces which divide them, and as they frequently coalesce, they form on the tritura- ting surface a fine reticulation not unlike that of the surface of Strophodus. Figures 20, 20 a, represent side view and section, natural size. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, La Salle, Illinois. HELODUS DENSHUMANI, N. and W. Pl. IV, Figs. 21, 21a, 218. Toor small but strong, crown sub-quadrate in outline, the angles being rounded, sides slightly arched, margins also rounded, thicker on one side than the other, flattened above, the central portion depressed on the anterior side, leaving an elongated tubercle or prominence on either end, triturating sur- face highly polished, marked with numerous, large, closely set pores; root quadrangular, as wide as the crown and much higher, coarse and long, sides and posterior face nearly straight; the anterior face showing two concavities separated by a prominent line, the upper much larger; largest diameter of crown 4 lines; shortest 2% lines; entire height 5 lines. This peculiar tooth, which, taken by itself, naturally enough falls into the genus Helodus, is probably one of the minor forms of some varied dental series. Its robust figure and coarsely porous structure seem to indicate that it was worn by a fish possessing considerable muscular power, perhaps of large size, furnished with a strong crushing apparatus, composed mainly of large and massive teeth, among which this was introduced to fill an interstice, or as one of a medial series. Its form, not unlike that of a worn human bi-cuspid has suggested the name given it. VERTEBRATES. V7 The figures given represent the crown surface, posterior face and profile, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, [llinois. HELopusS BiForMIs, N. and W. Pl. IV, Fig. 22, 22a. TEETH small, in series of three or more, the central one being largest and quite different in form from one of those associated with it. Itis oblong in outline, arched in both directions, its highest point being nearly central, its anterior margin some- what waved with a prominent central gibbosity; the anterior tooth is nearly as large as the central, but narrower, somewhat curved and adapted to the outline of the central one; its sur- face is raised into three prominences, separated by shallow grooves, of which the central one is somewhat the largest. The small posterior? tooth is about half the size of the cen- tral one with a similar median gibbosity. The enameled surface of all these teeth is uniformly punctate, the termini of the enamel tubes being raised above the general surface; the roots are short, narrower than the crown, oblique. This very distinct and peculiar species exhibits characters considerably dif- ferent from those of any other with which it is associated in the collection. It is from a geological horizon which has furnished but one other species of Helodus, and it may hereafter prove to be a type of a distinct genus. There are contained in the fragments of stone in which it is imbedded numerous small kidney-shaped teeth, having precisely the same structure, and doubtless once belonging to the same fish. We may conjecture that those which we have now described formed a medial series, flanked on either side by broader and flatter teeth, as in the living Cestracionini. Figure 22, the series of three teeth described above, natural size; 22a, a large, detached tooth. Formation and locality: Kinderhook group, Burlington, Iowa. 78 PALZONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. - Heropus etyrra, N. and W. Pl. IV, Fig. 23. TEETH small, in series of three or more of unequal size. Of these the anterior one is most elongated laterally and highest, the middle one shorter, broader and flatter, the posterior one smaller in both senses and flatter than either. They are all oblong in outline, with rounded ends, gently arched both ways, smooth and polished throughout, the surface of each uniformly and relatively coarsely porous. ‘The resemblance which they bear to the elytra of some beetles has suggested the specific name selected. Figure 23 represents the series described as seen from above, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. HE Lopus compressus, N. anf. W. Pl. V, Fig. 1. TreTH small, much compressed, conical in profile, narrow, linear in outline when seen from above; crown thin, compressed, terminating above in a sub-acute edge, having an obliquely conical outline when seen in profile; median cone sub-central, the apex being laterally rounded and somewhat inclined toward one of the extremities; ends rounded, narrowed below to the root; the edge of the crown, between the summit of the cone and the extremity to which it is inclined, faintly notched or waved; anterior and posterior faces of the crown flattened and inclined toward the root; surface highly polished, without pores; root thin, relatively narrow, slightly roughened; breadth 3% lines, height 2 lines. This is a very small species, differing in some important characters from any heretofore described. With the general form of Helodus it is very much more flattened, having almost a cutting edge. It is apparently composed of dense and homogeneous enamel, without pores. In its compressed crown, its VERTEBRATES. ; 79 obliquely conical profile it ‘approaches more nearly to the teeth of some living sharks, such as Galeus, G'aleocerdo, etc., than any of the forms with which it is associated. iy Figure | is a front view, twice the natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Augusta, Iowa. Hexopus pouitus, N. and W. Pl. V, Fig. 2. ‘ TrxETH small, laterally elongated, outline linear, expanded at the centre, somewhat curved, profile strongly arched or rudely conical; crown composed of a relatively large central gibbosity, from which slender appendages are given off, forming the lat- eral extremities; both the central and lateral portions strongly arched transversely, so as to constrict the crown below; entire crown surface covered with dense, homogeneous, black, polished and shining enamel, in which no pores are distinctly visible; root small, oblique, having generally disappeared or remaining only as an ochery mass; length, 7 lines; height of crown, 2 lines. This peculiar tooth is not likely to be confounded with any which we have described. It will be at once recognized by its singular form and by its highly polished and poreless surface. Specimens of H. gibberulus, Ag., now before us, from the Armagh limestone, approach closely to it in form, but in that species is very distinctly, even coarsely porous. Figure 2 represents the posterior aspect, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Nauvoo, Illinois. Hetopus cisposus, N. and W. Pl. V, Figs. 3, 3a. TEETH of medium size; outline as seen from above, linear, with a central protuberance on one side; extremities rounded, profile conical, summit of cone nearest one end, crown strongly arched transversely, and slightly constricted atits base, surface uniformly and finely porous. On one side a conspicuous conical a ee ee re ae ’ yy oe ‘ _ 80 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. gibbosity protrudes opposite the highest point; base large and thick, as high and wide as the crown, coarse and porous, one face slightly arched outward and striated vertically, the oppo- site one concave, under surface oblique, smooth. Length, 1 inch; height, 7 lines. \ In the character of the root, and the porosity of the crown, this tooth shows some resemblance to H. denticulatus, and it is possible they are parts of the same dental series; there are, however, very marked differences in the form of the crown, and, as we have no evidence of identity, we are compelled, for the present, to regard them as distinct. * Figures 3, 3a, represent side view and section, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Hamilton and Warsaw, Illinois. Heiopus pLAcentA, N. and W. Pl. V, Fig. 4, 4a. Treta of medium or small size, sub-elliptical in outline, flat- tened, thin; crown slightly and irregularly arched in both directions, finely porous throughout, thicker on the posterior than the anterior edge, margin somewhat rounded, root oblique, presenting a vertical face as high as the crown on one side of the tooth, its inferior surface sloping up to the opposite border; the vertical side of the base marked with strong, irregular, vertical ridges. The tooth is somewhat like Helodus planus, Ag, but is less angular in out- line, more finely punctate, and wants its characteristic crenulated margin. Figures 4, 4 a, are intended to represent the appearance of one of these teeth, when viewed from above and from the posterior side. Formation and locality: Kinderhook group, Burlington, lowa. HeLopus timax, N. and W. Pl. V, Fig. 5, 5 a, 5 3. -Trrtu of medium size, laterally elongated, somewhat curved, extremities rounded; entire crown smooth and highly polished, VERTEBRATES. 81 arched laterally, transversely rising into an obtuse and round- ed mesial ridge; pores relatively coarse, those of the broader slope elongated, more or less curved, but never inosculating, the root small, half the height of crown, oblique on one side, nearly straight on the other. Length, 11 lines; breadth, 4 lines; height, 4 lines. The teeth of this species may be recognized by their smooth and rounded outlines without points or angles, by the polished surface, coarse and elongated pores. In their general aspect they bear a striking resemblance to the teeth of Strophodus tanwis, Ag., (Poss. Foss. Atlas, Vol. 3, tab. 18, fig 16-25), from the Oolite of Stonesfield, though differing from these in microscopic structure. Of described species of Helodus, they are most like some forms of H. leevissimus, but want any approach to a central cone. The resemblance which they exhibit to the garden slug has suggested their specific name. Figures 5, 5a, 5b, represent one of these teeth seen from above, the side, and the end, of the size of nature. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Burlington, Iowa. HELODUS DENTICULATUS, N. and W. © Pl. V, Fig. 6, 6a, 6d. TxrETH of medium size, conical in profile, outline irregular, middle portion broadest, ends rounded sharp, sides scolloped, crown sloping evenly toward either extremity, from the most prominent point, which is not central, strongly arched laterally, bearing along the basal margin of one side numerous, conical, tooth-like prominences, base showing faint traces of enameled folds; triturating surface uniformly, finely, punctate; root as high and broad as the crown, relatively thick, rough and porous, oblique below. Length, 9 lines; height, 5 lines. The tooth will be readily recognized by the tooth-like appendages set along the sides of the crown. Figures 6, 6 a, 66, side view, top and profile, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Hancock county, Illinois. —l1 82 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. HeLopus crenuuatis, N. and W. PLY, Hignit, it a TEETH of medium or large size, outline showing a prominent median angle, the lateral surfaces very unequal in length, somewhat rounded. When seen in profile the outline is also conical, with a prominent angle, but no cone. The crown is arched over transversely, on one side constricted, or the surface turned under; both margins are very neatly crenulated by short, deep, sub-equal sulci; the enameled surface finely and evenly punctate throughout; root very oblique, generally want- ing in the fossil state. ; This is a laterally short and flattened species, readily distinguishable from any other described by its angled outline, when seen from above, and by the distinct crenulation of the crown margins. The specimens we have described were found mingled with fragments of the teeth of Cochliodus, haying the same deep black color, and the same microscopic structure. It seems probable there- fore, that both once formed parts of the dentition of the same fish. Figure 7, represents the crown as seen from above, natural size; figure 7a, under side of same specimen. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. “ Hetopus unpuLatus, N. and W. Pl. V, Figs. 8, 8a, 80. TEETH medium size, laterally elongated, somewhat bow- shaped in outline, with a prominence before, a sinus behind ; crown conical in outline, the central cone prominent, sub-acute, from this the surface falls off toward either end; upon the lateral portions the enamel is raised into short, broken undula- tions, and tubercles; the porosity is coarse and somewhat irregu- lar, the root is oblique, coarse and bony, showing a nearly ver- tical face posteriorly, two-thirds as high as the crown; from the lower margin of this the under surface slopes upward to the crown on the opposite side. : VERTEBRATES. 83 The undulation of the enameled surface constitutes the most distinctive character of the species. It resembles that of a species of Pocilodus, in the collection, and they were perhaps once associated together. Figures 8, 8a, 8b, represent the view from above and behind, and a profile section, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. HELopUS ANGULATUS, N. and W. Pl. V, Figs. 9, 9a, 9, and 10, 19a. TretH elongated, linear in outline, obliquely truncated at the ends, often sigmoidly curved, arched laterally with a mesial ridge, but with no distinct tubercle or cone. In some speci- mens the triturating surface on either side of the ridge is trans- versely concave, in others one convex, usually smooth and polished, marked with large, elongated pores; the root is usu- ally oblique, short and wedge-shaped; length, half an inch to an inch; breadth, 4 lines. These teeth are closely allied to H. imax, but the numerous specimens in the collection seem to have a character in common, which that species wants, viz: their angular section. The ends are also generally truncated, not round- ed, and they are more twisted. As has been before remarked, this group of teeth are strikingly like some species of Strophodus, and itis a suggestive fact that their microscopic structure diverges from that of their congeners in the Carboniferous limestone in the same direction. The pores of the enameled surface forming elongated and irregular lacuaze, approaching in character the angular reticulation of Strophodus. Figures 9, 9a, 9 6, represent the top, side views and sections of two of the larger teeth ; figures 10-15, smaller specimens, apparently not specifically dif- ferent. - Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Quincy, Llinois. Hetopus sutcatus, N. and W. Pl. V, Fig. 16, 16a. Trretu of medium or small size, thin; crown linear in outline, broadest in the middle, the extremities truncated or somewhat ; ' fh at 84 PALZONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. rounded; sub-medial obtuse ridge traversing the crown longitu- dinally, raised in the centre into a more or less prominent gib- bosity. The upper side of this ridge is arched over transversely ; on the lower side it descends into a broad and deep sulcus, which runs the whole length of the crown, and occupies full half the breadth. The surface of the ridge, and in worn speci- mens, a part of the sulcus, is finely and uniformly punctate; the lower margin of the crown is usually more or less corruga- ted or striated vertically, sometimes showing faint traces of marginal plications; root small, oblique, and has ior dis- appeared. This species bears considerable resemblance to some of the specimens figured by Agassiz, under the name of Helodus turgidus, but is narrower and more dis- tinctly striated. This species is represented in the collection by a large number of specimens, in which the characters enumerated in the above description are quite constant. Figures 16, 16a are top and side views of a specimen, of medium size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, near Warsaw, Illinois. Genus EDESTUS, Leidy. * Gren. CoAar.—Maxillary bone segmented, segments beveled anteriorly and excavated posteriorly for co-adaptation. Teeth in form resembling those of Carcharodon; one co-ossified with each maxillary segment. . - Epgstus minor, Newb. Pl. IV, Fig. 24. TrxtH relatively small, 10 lines long, 52 lines wide at base, 3 lines thick, set saddle-like upon the edge of a flat, bony jaw, conical in outline, acute, margins sharp, coarsely doubly crenu- lated; sides laterally arched, giving a lenticular section to the tooth; surface smooth and highly polished. VERTEBRATES. 85 This beautiful and peculiar tooth is evidently similar in its general character to that described by Prof. Leidy (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil., 2d series, Vol. 3, p. 159, pl. 15,) under the name of Edestus vorax, and to those upon the jaw exhibited before the American Association, at the Providence meeting, August, 1855. Of the latter we have, as yet, no minute description. From the former it differs in its smaller size, double crenulation and angular base. Whether the jaw to which it was attached was segmented, as in LZ. vorax, I am not able to say, as bit a small portion of it remains in the specimen before me. It was apparently of dense, bony structure, thin and flat. Of the relations of the fish which bore this tooth little can be said, except that it must have been widely different from any forms now living. The crown of the tooth is remarkably like, both in size, form and crenulation, that of the teeth of Hemipristis serra, Agassiz; but the mode of its attachment to the jaw is so different that there | could really have been no affinity between them. The teeth of Hemipristis, as | well as those of Carcharodon, have osseous, gibbous bases, which were set upon a cartilaginous jaw, to which they had only ligamentous attachment. In the fossil before us the tooth was firmly cemented to a dense bony jaw. On the other hand, to Pristis, with which similar teeth to this one have been compared, it has some slight resemblance, as the teeth of the saw are implanted in a solid bony structure. The fact that they are inserted in cavities is, however, an evidence of a wide difference between /ristis and the fossil before us. As Prof. Agassiz remarked, in reference to the jaw exhibited by Prof. Hitchcock —similar to, if not identical with, our fossil—there is reason to believe that this should be regarded not only as a new genus, but a new family of fishes. Figure 24 represents a side view of this tooth, natural side. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, Posey county, Indiana. - CuHomatopus costatus, N. and W. Pl. V, Fig. 17, 17a. TretH small, laterally elongated, linear in outline; crown surface linear, flattened, truncated at the extremities, slightly arched on one side, straight on the other, with a prominent carina along the arched margin and another straight one con- necting the extremities of the former, like the string to a bow. Along the straight and inferior edge is a ridge marked with elevated spiral lines; the whole surface is smooth and polished, but shows fine pores along the superior cost. The root is 86 PALHONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. somewhat oblique, narrow, linear, section quadrangular, slightly shorter than the crown. But a single, though quite perfect specimen represents this species in the collection. It is a handsome, highly ornamented tooth, though its affinities are somewhat obscure. We have referred it, with some doubt, to Chomatodus, though it is by no means certain that it will not be hereafter considered generi- cally new. e Figures 17, 17a represent the crown face and section, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Nauvoo, Illinois. CHOMATODUS ELEGANS, N. and W. Pl. V, Figs. 18, 18a, 18d. Trxrtu of large size, laterally elongated; crown linear or long- elliptical in outline, somewhat curved, having a prominent crest running along the medial line, which, near the central point, swells into a rounded tubercle or gibbosity. This mesial crest is on one side arched, on the other side concave, being bordered by a deep and broad furrow, which runs the entire length of the tooth. The surface of this ridge is deeply and regularly pitted by elongated pores or depressions, which have a trans- verse direction. On either side of the central gibbosity they are larger, giving to the ridge the crenulated and striated appearance of the cutting edge of some species of Petalodus. The base of the crown is ornamented by numerous imbricating folds of enamel, those of the posterior descending lower than those on the anterior surface—the former being more numerous and finer; the anterior edge of the base of the crown is also prettily crenulated. The root is in height nearly equal to the crown, its anterior face nearly straight, posterior oblique. Length, 1 inch, 7 lines; breadth, 6 lines; height, 8 lines. This is one of the handsomest species of the genus. Jn the specimen before us the medial crest is nearly white, while the pits upon its surface contain, at bottom, black enamel, the basal folds on either side are also jet black. This VERTEBRATES. 87 difference of color, with the variety and beauty of its ornamentation, fully jus- tify us in the choice of the name given it. There is no described species with which it is likely to be confounded. Figures 18, 18a, 18, represent the tooth viewed from behind and above, and a profile section, and are of the natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Keokuk, Iowa. HELopus consotipatus, N. and W. Pl. VI, Figs. 1, la, 2, 2a. Tootu compound, consisting of several crowns, firmly consoli- dated upon a common root; these crowns diverge at different angles from a common centre, and are very unequal in size; anterior and larger one broadly conical in profile, both laterally and transversely, irregularly oblong in outline, ends somewhat rounded; second crown much smaller, conical in profile, with a more or less prominent central gibbosity, oblong-linear in outline, ends rounded; third crown smaller than the second, arched in profile, elliptical in outline, sometimes rudimentary and even wanting. Root nearly as broad as the principal crown, vermicularly rugose above, roughened and bony below, with two marked excavations beneath the larger crowns; pos- terior margin forming a blunt edge, somewhat rounded laterally. The enameled surface of all the crowns uniformly, somewhat finely punctate, sometimes showing a tubercular rugosity. There is little doubt that these teeth formed one or more medial series be- tween the broader lateral teeth of Cochliodus. With what species of that genus they are associated, it is at present impossible to say; and we are therefore com- pelled to give it provisionally a distinct specific description and name. From the other compound teeth with which it is associated, in the collection, it may be at once distinguished by its more conical principal crown, its large, bony, solid root, to which its relatively small and distant secondary crowns are firmly anchylosed. There is considerable variation in the length of the root, some- times but two, perhaps but one crown being attached to it. Figures 1, 1a, 10, represent the superior and inferior surfaces, and side view in outline of an elongated specimen from St. Francisville, Missouri. Figures 88 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. 2, 2a, a broader specimen, with but two crowns, upper and lower surfaces, from Warsaw, Illinois. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, St. Francisville, Missouri, and Warsaw, Illinois. Hetopus (Cocuiiopus) nosixis, N. and W. Pl. VI, Figs. 3-6. Terra forming a series of six, diminishing from before back- ward, set upon a segment of a circle; the anterior one large and strong, sub-elliptical in outline; the extremities rounded or blunt-pointed. Crown conical in profile, with a sub-median, prominent, ripple-like cone, underneath which is a deep sinus filled by the root; enameled surface, uniformly, rather finely punctate throughout. Root as high and as broad as the crown; anterior face nearly vertical, vermicularly roughened; posterior face higher than anterior, oblique. The smaller teeth of the “series are similar in form to the largest, but having the median cone less worn and more pointed. There can scarcely be a doubt that these teeth occupied the central portion of the jaw, in two or more rows, between the large convoluted teeth which we have described under the name of Cochliodus nobilis. This is indicated, and we may almost say proven, by the fact that the specimens figured plate VI, figures 4—6, and plate VII, figures 1, 2, 4, were found impacted together—disar- ranged, but in contact—and with some traces of the cartilaginous jaw upon which they were once set. The character of the microscopic structure of the crown surfaces is precisely the same in both, as is their color. Whether the entire dental series was procured or whether a portion was lost we have no means, at present, of determining, but the convoluted teeth seem to have been derived from both the upper and lower jaws. There are also many more of the conical ones than the series represented in our figure. Whether these former numerous medial rows were on a single jaw, or were common to both, is as yet undeterminable. As has been before remarked, a want of symmetry of these Helodoid teeth seems to prove that there was more than one row on one, per- haps both of the jaws. ; Figures 3, 3a, 36, give side and top views and profile section of a large detached tooth. Figures 4, 46, represent one of the series we have described, ————— . a or ee ee VERTEBRATES. 89 seen from above and from the side, the latter in profile. Figure 4a, the ante- rior face of the largest tooth. Figures 5, 5a, another series, seen from above and in profile. Figure 6, a side view of a series of very small teeth. All from the same locality—natural size. Formation and-locality: Keokuk limestone, near Warsaw, Illinois. CocuLiopus nopiLis, N. and W. Pl. VII, Figs. 1-4. Pl. VIII, Fig. 1. The specimens from which our knowledge of this magnificent species is derived, apparently include nearly the entire dental series ; they were, however, most unfortunately, collected without sufficient care to preserve every fragment of all the numerous teeth found lying in contact, and no note was taken of their relative positions; had both these particulars been carefully attended to, it is probable we should have been able to make out the complete dentition of Coch- liodus, and thus throw a flood of light upon the classification of the placoid fishes of the Palzeozoic ages. As usually found, the teeth of cartilaginous fishes are severed from their connections, and all traces of the jaws which sup- ported them are lost. In the present exceptional instance, however, the jaws themselves are preserved, and the teeth were in contact, though generally dis- placed, most of them lying in a confused heap. Jaws.—Fragments only of the jaws are visible on the specimens contained in the collection, and such as are quite insufficient for determining their form ; they are now thin and flattened, and much distorted, showing they had little firmness or rigidity, and were doubtless, for the most part, cartilaginous, though it is possible, in part ossified. They do not show a true bony structure, but exhibit on fracture a fine granular composition, such as we have before seen accompanying the more distinctly bony portions of the remains of cartilaginous fishes, indicating, perhaps, a cartilage through which were disseminated innu- merable granules of ossific matter. The structure of these jaws is very different from that of the bones of the ganoid fishes, which are not unfrequently met with in the Carboniferous rocks. Judging from this evidence and the fact that the teeth of Cochliodus are almost universally detached and scattered through the rocks containing them, with no traces of the jaws on which they were once set, we are led to infer that Prof. McCoy was in error in removing Cochliodus from the place assigned it by Prof. Agassiz among the sharks, and classing it among the Pycnodonts. We may say further, that the specimens before us afford no confirmation of the views suggested by Prof. McCoy, that the succession of teeth was from below upward, as in the Pycnodonts, rather than from behind forward, as in the sharks. —12 90 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Tecth.—The group of teeth here impacted together, includes at least four distinct and different forms, of which the surface markings, microscopic struc- ture, color, etc., are precisely the same throughout. These are, first, large, strongly enrolled teeth, marked with two strong, revolving ridges, separated by a deep furrow (figs. 3 and 4, pl. VII), which correspond to the larger of the two teeth of either ramus of the jaw, figured by Prof. Agassiz, (Poiss. Foss. Atlas, tab. 19, jig. 14,) constituting the type of the genus Cochliodus, and the tooth described by Prof. McCoy under the name of C. acutus, Ag., (Brit. Palxoz. Foss. p. 621, pl. 3%, figs. 24,25). The differences between these teeth and ours being only of a specific character. Our specimens are three times as large as those of Agassiz, the broader ridge terminating in a rounded promi- nence before reaching the margin; the surface of the tooth strongly wrinkled, etc. These teeth are regarded by McCoy as the posterior pair of the lower jaw. 2d. A narrow tooth equally convoluted, having a wedge-shaped outline when seen from above; perhaps corresponding to the anterior pair in Agassiz’s figure. This tooth has a single narrow and low revolving ridge, with numerous obseure plications. 3d. Teeth nearly as long as both the preceding, (figs. 1 and 2, pl. VII), with one broad, rounded, revolving ridge near the oblique extremity, with one or two low and narrow ones near the opposite end, and numerous revolving wrinkles or folds upon the intermediate surface. These teeth are somewhat unlike any heretofore attributed to Cochliodus, and proba- bly belonged to the opposite jaw from that which bore those before mentioned ; matching into those when in use. If the teeth described by Agassiz and McOoy are, as supposed, from the lower jaw, these are from the upper. 4th. Transversely elongated teeth of smaller size, in diminishing series of six, joined by their longer sides, and in some cases retaining their relative positions. (Pl. VI.) These teeth have more or less distinctly marked prominence or cone upon the crown, and oblique and flattened root often as high as the crown. Considered by themselves they would constitute one or more typical species of the genus Helodus. They formed several rows, as is indicated by the differ- ences which they present. In one series taken from this group (fig. 5, 5a, Pl. VI,) the cone of the crown is more or less mammillary in form, sub-central in position, the lateral extremities of the teeth rounded. In another series from the same mass, (PI. VI, fig. 4,4), the cone of the crown is more flat- tened and very eccentric, the lateral extremities obliquely truncated. A third series consists of six (6) small, elliptical teeth, of which the crowns are arched over without distinct cones. (Fig. 6, Pl. VI.) The enameled surface of all these teeth, large and small, has a relatively coarse porosity precisely the same in all, and it is impossible to resist the con- clusion that they all formed parts of the varied dentition of a single fish. As they are now thrown into a confused heap we can only conjecture what the » VERTEBRATES. 91 relative position of each form was. It seems probable, however, that the smaller conical teeth formed several series intermediate between the larger and broader ones, upon the symphysis of the jaw. In the living Cestracion we find a precisely similar arrangement. The rami of the jaws are covered with a series of broad, flattened plates, fitted for crushing only, while the mesial por- tion of each jaw is occupied by numerous rows of small, pointed teeth, dimin- / ishing in size from front to rear. The smaller teeth in the group before us would, as has been remarked, if taken by themselves, be referred to Helodus, and it is highly probable that a large number of the species of Helodus now or heretofore described, were once associated with teeth of very different form, some of which may be known under other names, Several rows of teeth, forming a regular gradation of size, generally similar to those under consider- ation, have been discovered in the old’ world, and are described in the works of Agassiz, McCoy, etc. Prof. McCoy, in speaking of a series of this kind, referred to Helodus levissimus, Agassiz, (Brit. Palzoz., Foss., p. 631), says, “they diminish in size from behind forward.” This seems to us improbable, as upon the supposition that they occupied the mesial space between the larger convoluted teeth, that space would be broadest anteriorly; aside from this we have the analagous arrangement of the teeth in both the Cestracionts and Hybo- donts, as well as in all the living genera of true sharks, in confirmation of the view that the teeth in these rows diminished in size from the front rank back- ward. i e ? Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw and Nauvoo, Illinois. Cocuuiopus? crassus, N. and W. = Vandel Pl. VIII, Figs. 2, 2a. TrxETH thick, massive, sub-quadrate in outline, the two longer sides respectively convex and concave, one of the lateral angles of the concave side being prolonged, the superior surface is strongly arched from the front backward with a lateral sulcus extending to the produced posterior angle; it is highly polish- ed, marked with faint waved lines of growth parallel with the convex anterior margin, and a few obscure wrinkles crossing these. The central portion of the tooth is evenly punctate; near the margin the enamel tubes being concealed by an exterior coating, as is frequently the case with teeth of this ° 92 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. and allied genera when but slightly worn. Antero-posterior diameter to extremity of prolonged angle, 1 inch, 8 lines; transverse diameter, 1 inch, 8 lines; height, 11 lines. This fine tooth is not distinctly referable to any known genus, though com- ing nearer to Cochliodus than any other. Waiting the discovery of other specimens which will throw more light upon its affinities, we place it provisién- ally in Cochliodus. Associated as it was in the rocks from which it was obtained, with the large species of Sandalodus, described by us under the name of S. grandis—which it resembles in its massive strength and surface mark- ings, we have thought it possible that it might have been a portion of the same dental series with them. This is, however, mere conjecture, which will be confirmed or disproved by future observation. Figures 2, 2a, represent the upper surface and profile, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. Genus ASPIDODUS, N. and W. Gen. CuAr.—Teeth flattened, more or less arched on both directions, variable in size and outline, sub-rhomboidal, oblong or trapezoidal, the larger pair in each series having a trape- zoidal outline, and being obliquely rolled, scroll-like, over the jaw. The superior surface is: smooth or nearly so, uniformly and rather finely punctate throughout, the edges more or less distinctly crenulated, the inferior surface smooth or slightly roughened, corresponding to the jaw surface on which it rested. The smaller teeth are irregularly rounded or polygonic in out- line, arched on both dications, resembling in form some ancient shields. We have combined under the above generic title a group of teeth quite largely represented in the collection, which seem to form a connecting link between Cochliodus and Psammodus ; a portion of them having the twisted or rolled form similar to that of the teeth of Cochliodus, others more nearly plain, and approaching Psammodus in form and functions. They all want, however, the ridges and furrows which characterize the teeth of Cochliodus, and differ from the teeth of both the preceding genera in the crenulated edges. They evidently formed a somewhat complex system of pavement-like dentition, which covered an arched surface in the jaws of an ancient Cestraciont. . VERTEBRATES. 93 Judging from the figures and descriptions before us, it seems to us probable that Cochliodus magnus, Ag., and Helodus planus, Ag., should be separated from their present generic connections and included in Aspidodus. Cochliodus magnus, Ag., corresponds closely in form with some of the teeth now figured, and it certainly wants the characteristic revolving ridges and convoluted form of that genus. It has been suggested by Capt. Jones (Potlock’s Geol. Report, p: 642), that Helodus planus is but a form of Cochliodus magnus. ASPIDODUS CRENULATUS, N. and W. Pl. VIII, Figs. 3-11. Trrtu small, flattened thin, showing considerable variety of form and size; being mostly trapezoidal with five unequal - sides, one or more of the sides being sometimes rounded, a por- tion of the series showing a deep notch on one of the sides. Teeth forming several pairs, which occupied corresponding positions on the opposite sides of the mouth. Of these pairs, among the largest and the thickest is one which is obliquely rolled or twisted—as%in Cochliodus—is narrow, trapezoidal in outline, with one angle much produced. This was probably the terminal tooth on each side, homologous with the largest tooth in Cochliodus. The upper surface of all the teeth is covered with a thick coating of nearly smooth, uniformly pittedenamel. The articulating edges are strongly crenulated, the inferior surface nearly smooth. The convoluted pair of this series of teeth bear a marked resemblance to those described by Agassiz, under the name of Cochliodus magnus, and there can be no reasonable doubt that they are generically identical, and yet, being longer, narrower and more revolute, they must be considered specifically distinct. It is, perhaps, not quite certain that all the varied forms which we now include in A.«crenulatus should be so united, but the principal pair were evi- dently articulated with others of different form from their own and all the series now figured have as indications of identity the common locality, pentagonal outline peculiarly similar surface and microscopic structure. Figures 3-11, represent 12 of these teeth, of natural size; figures 3, 3a, the most convoluted pair. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Illinois. 94 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Aspipopus convo.utus, N. and W. Pl. VII, Figs. 12, 12a. TEETH robust, ovoid in outline as seen from above, thick and massive, strongly revolute, having a cylindroid figure; upper surface without revolving ridges or furrows, finely striated transversely, uniformly filled throughout; under surface nearly smooth. This singular tooth scarcely corresponds to any other in the -collection or heretofore described. In the generalities of its form and structure it approaches most nearly to the revolute forms of A. crenulatus, and as it is derived from the same locality, we have thought best to place it provisionally in the same genus with that species. The only specimen contained in the collection is considera- bly broken, so that its entire figure can not be determined from it. It is, however, so conspicuous, from its size and form, that it seems desirable that it should be published in order that it may be of use for geological purposes. Figures 12, 12a, respectively, represent the upper surface and profile section, natural size. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Illinois. - Pacitopus RuGosus, N. and W. Pl. VII, Fig. 13. Tooru oblong or sub-elliptical in outline, posterior extremity sub-acute, anterior truncated, strongly revolute, with two promi- nent revolving ridges, separated by a deep central furrow ; crown surface highly ornamented with numerous sub-equal folds of enamel, running nearly parallel with the basal margin. Where unworn these are angular carinz, with one broad and one narrow, almost perpendicular, sides; upon worn surfaces they form rounded, transverse ridges, which undulate its out- line. The enamel pores are uniformly distributed over the entire surface. Length, 1 inch, 6 lines; breadth, 8 lines; enam- eled folds, half a line in breadth. VERTEBRATES. 95 This tooth is generally similar in form and markings to Pacilodus Jonesii, - Ag., but is much larger, and the furrow between the two prominences is cen- tral, while in P. Jonesii it is nearest the anterior end. P. obliquus, McCoy, is also much smaller and the ridges are angular. Figure 13 represents a posterior upper? tooth, seen from above—natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. Pacitopus ornatus, N. and W. Pl. VII, Fig. 14. TreEtH flattened, slightly arched, very thin, sub-triangular or trapezoidal in form, the posterior extremity pointed, basal margin sinuous, lateral margins nearly straight; crown surface raised into a low, rounded, sub-central ridge, running nearly parallel with the posterior margin; from this the surface slopes down gradually to the anterior end on the other side, descend- ing into a broad, shallow furrow, which extends to the posterior border. It is everywhere ornamented with prominent raised lines, nearly parallel with each other and the basal margin, about 3 to every 2 lines in width. The summits of these cari- nee are crenulated, and their slopes transversely striated by a kind of vermicular rugosity. Where the ridges are most widely separated, the unworn enamel is finely tubercular; where worn, it is dotted by the sections of these tubecles. Length, 1 inch, 6 lines; breadth of imperfect specimen, 1 inch. While generally similar to the other species of the group, which includes P. rugosus, Nob., P. obliquus, McCoy, P. Jonesti, Agassiz, etc., it differs from all these in its thin and flattened form, and in the complex character of its orna- mentation. Figure 14 represents posterior terminal tooth, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. Genus DELTODUS, N. and W. , Gen. Cuar.—Teeth of medium or large size, thick and strong, triangular in outline, more or less arched, sometimes enrolled 96 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. in the line extending from the longest-and most acute angle to the opposite margin; crown-surface sometimes simply arched, more generally marked by 1-3 prominent ridges, running from the basal margin toward the longest angle. In some species the triturating surface is also undulated by a series of trans- verse obtuse ridges, parallel with the basal margin, and mostly confined to the basal portion of the tooth. The crown-surface is uniformly punctate, the size and form of the pores varying on the different species. . This genus is created to receive a group of teeth, largely represented in the collection before us, and of which some species have beén described heretofore in Europe, under the names of Cochliodus and Pecilodus. It is evident, how- ever, that they should be separated from Cochliodus, as they are more triangular in form and generally much less curved; and it will be seen, by a comparison with Pecilodus, that while the forms of some species approach that of Pacilo- dus, they are distinguished from that genus by the character of the surface. In all the true Pecilodi the enameled surface is corrugated by distinct trans- verse ridges, which occupy all the crown face from base to summit of the teeth, and give them a peculiarly ornamented appearance. [See plate VIII, figs. 13 / bw and 14.] In two foreign species of Pocilodus (P. augustus and P. marginatis) the transverse rugee are unbroken undulations and so different from those in the species cited as to render it doubtful whether they shonld be included in the same generic group. One species of Deltodus now described and figured (D. undulatus, plate LX, fig. 5,) is also undulated, but not in a manner and toa degree inconsistent with its association .with the smoother species with which we have classed it. Another species, however (D. cingulatus, figure 6), presents some characters which doubtless will be considered to have generic value, and we only refrain from separating it from Deltodus, at the present time, from an unwillingness to make a single and imperfect tooth the basis of a generic description. In that tooth the crown surface is composed of alternate trans- verse bands of enamel and dentine, these bands being of nearly equal width and running quite across the tooth, and extending from base to summit. It is almost certain that the triangular teeth which we have referred to the genus Deltodus were but a portion of the dentition of the fishes which wore them, as they are undoubtedly the homalogues of the larger teeth of Cochliodus ; but we can not, as yet, determine the character, number or position of those with which they were associated. , ta ‘ . VERTEBRATES. j 97 DELTODUS ANGULARIS, N. and W. Pl. IX, Fig. 1. Postrrior teeth of small size, triangular in outline, thick; crown surface marked with a sharp, narrow, oblique keel, which runs from the prominent posterior summit. This is ’ bordered by a broad and deep sub-central furrow, from which the surface runs into a broad, flattened ridge, which borders the straight side; entire enamel surface finely punctate. Antero-posterior diameter, 1 inch. Figure 1 represents a posterior tooth seen from above, natural size. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, La Salle, [linois. . DELToDUS STELLATUS, N. and W. Pl. IX, Figs. 2, 3, 3a. Posterior tooth spirally revolute, obliquely triangular in outline, both angles of the broader extremity somewhat round- ed, a sharp, prominent keel runs from the larger basal angle to the pointed summit. From this ridge the surface descends abruptly to the nearest margin, more gradually into a well defined sulcus, which runs along the opposite border ; enameled coating is marked with a few faint lines of growth, parallel with the broader margin, and obscure longitudinal grooves or wrinkles, is uniformly porous throughout, the pores being rela- tively large, angular in outline, many of them stellate ; length 1 inch, 9 lines; breadth 1 inch, 1 line. The posterior teeth of this species will be readily recognized by their narrow triangular form, remote transverse lines of growth, the angular keel, the longi- tudinal plication, and particularly by their coarse, angular, sometimes stellate porosity. The anterior teeth are strongly revolute, transversely arched, the base round- ed and expanded into a ring-like angle on one side, where there is a broad, shallow, oo furrow or depression. The surface markings are similar to —13 98 PALZONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. those of the posterior teeth, except that the longitudinal ridges are less con- spicuous, sometimes being wholly obsolete; the porosity is coarse, more or less angular and irregular, rarely stellate. Figure 2, represents the superior surface of a posterior tooth; figures 3, 3 a, an anterior ? tooth; both natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. DELTODUS COMPLANATUS, N. and W. Pl. IX, Fig. 4. TrETH broadly triangular in outline, naftrower end termina- ting in an acute point, the border extremity having one obtuse angle, the other broadly rounded, slightly arched spirally, but as compared with the associated species flat and thin. A low, obtuse ridge passes from the angle of the broader extremity to the pointed end; from this ridge the surface declines rapidly on one side, very gradually on the other, to the lateral margins; a faint rudimentary ridge being sometimes visible midway of the broader surface, with the higher one converging to the acute extremity; enameled surface smooth and polished, every where finely punctate. Figure 4 represents the superior surface in profile, natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Henderson county, Illinois. DELTODUS UNDULATUS, N. and W. Pl. IX, Fig. 5. Posterior tooth strongly arched, triangular in outline, its broader extremity somewhat emarginate, one of the angles broadly rounded, the other sub-acute; a prominent rounded ridge passes from the rounded angle of the broader end to the acute extremity, bordered by a deep sulcus, which, starting from the emargination of the broader end, converges to the same point; enameled surface highly polished and shining, VERTEBRATES. 99 undulated by broad, transverse, elevated bands separated by narrower sulci, which give an undulated outline to the lateral margins, and to the profile; punctation of the upper surface strongly marked throughout. Length, 2 inches; greatest breadth, 1 inch, 3 lines. This beautiful species may be at once recognized by its highly polished and shining surface, and its broad, transverse undulation. Pacilodus sublevis, McOoy, is somewhat like it, but is smaller, less strongly marked by the trans- verse ridges and sulci, and with a less deep longitudinal furrow. Figure 5, represents the upper surface, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Keokuk, Iowa. DELTODUS cINGULATUS, N. and W. Pl. IX, Fig. 6. TEETH narrow, wedge-shaped in outline, spirally enrolled, the broader end obliquely rounded; triturating surface trans- versely arched, marked with numerous conspicuous, obliquely transverse, sub-equal ridges or belts of enamel, separated by parallel furrows of nearly equal width; the surface of the fur- rows is coarsely porous and reticulated, that of the ridges very finely and evenly punctate. In this species we have an extreme instance of the division of the triturating surface into bands of unequal hardness, which constitute the distinctive char- acter of Pacilodus. Here the surface is divided into broad, transverse, zone- like bands, more than a line in width; alternations of hard, dense, smooth enamel, and coarse, reticulated bone. The bands of harder material are most prominent, and give to the profile an undulated outline. This interesting tooth will, doubtless, be ultimately separated from De/todus and placed in a genus created to receive it and its more immediate congeners. Without more material, however, we refrain from attempting to define the characters and limits of such a genus. Figure 6, represents the crown surface, natural size. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Illinois. 100 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Detropus spATuLATuS, N. and W. Pl. IX, Fig. 7. Anterior? tooth obliquely spatulate in outline, spirally curved, long and narrow; the broader end obliquely rounded, sides converging to a simple point above, relatively thick; crown surface strongly arched in both directions, without dis- tinct keels or furrows, uniformly granulo-punctate throughout. The narrow, crenate form, and simple surface, will enable one to distinguish this species from those with which it is asso- ciated. In some of the specimens the base is somewhat broader, and the basal angle common to most species of the genus begins to show itself, while there is a slight depression of the crown along the margin of that side, the representa- tive of the usual furrow. The outline is narrower, however, and more spatu- late, and the whole tooth more simple, than in any other species with which we are acquainted. The punctation of the surface is relatively coarse, and there are raised rings about the orifices of the enameled tubes. Length, 1 inch, 8 lines; greatest breadth, 10 lines. Figure 7, represents a large and narrow specimen, natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Quincy, Llinois. DELTODUS RHOMBOIDEUS, N. and W. Pl. IX, Fig. 8. Posterior tooth arched, scarcely revolute, sub-rhomboidal in outline, the broader end irregularly rounded, the narrower end obliquely truncated; the upper surface marked with two nearly parallel, low, obtuse, longitudinal ridges, of which one is mar- ginal, the other central; the latter being bordered on one side by a shallow furrow separating it from the stronger marginal ridge, on the other by a broader and deeper groove, which occupies the lateral interval between it and the more oblique margins. One or more lines of growth are discernible running paraliel with the outline of the broader end; these produce q a : $ f VERTEBRATES. 101 little inequality of surface, but are marked by bands of- color. The triturating surface is evenly granulo-punctate, except along the margins of the narrower end, which are. vermicularly roughened. This species is distinguished from the others, now or heretofore described, by its more oblong or rhomboidal outline, the lateral margins not converging to a common point; the more oblique one forming another angle before reaching the pointed extremity. The ridges of the surface are also parallel, whereas in most other species they converge. Length, 1 inch, 10 lines; breadth at base, 1 inch. Figure 8, represents the superior surface seen from above, natural size. Formation and locality: St. Louis Limestone, St. Louis, Missouri. DELTODUS GRANDIS, N. Sp. EAL, IDG IRs) Wie TretH of large size, thick and strong, triangular in outline, spirally convoluted. An obtuse, angular ridge runs from the obtuse angle of the broader extremity to the narrower end, from which the surface falls off laterally into a deep sulcus, which converges toward the same point; the acute angle of the broader end is strongly elevated. The enameled surface is highly polished and smooth, except where showing a few faint lines of growth parallel with the broader margin. It is uni- formly punctate throughout, and where most worn the orifices of the enamel tubes form simple pits in a smooth surface; where it has suffered less abrasion it is minutely shagreened by elevated rings about their orifices. The specimen before us affords an interesting illustration of the severity of the duty performed by these teeth when in use, a piece having been broken out of its most prominent part during the life of its possessor; the edges of the fracture being rounded by subsequent wear, its bottom and sides being coated with a new deposit of enamel. Figures 9 and 9a, represent the upper surface and profile, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Lllinois. Mh 102 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Genus SANDALODUS, N. and W. Gen. Cuar.—Teeth of medium or large size, thick and strong, sub-triangular or club-shaped in outline, with one and some- times two pointed extremities; generally somewhat twisted, slightly arched longitudinally, strongly so transversely; enam- eled surface firmly and uniformly punctate; base deeply con- cave both ways, curves following those of the surface of the crown; toward the narrower end, in some species, one or two obtuse ridges running obliquely over the tooth, as in Cochliodus. In many respects these teeth show a resemblance to those of Deltodus and Cochliodus, but differ from them in their narrower, straighter forms and in wanting, as a general rule, the ridges and furrows which are such conspicuous | -characters in these genera. It is probable that with these elongated triangular teeth there were associated others of different form, as we know was the case in all or nearly all of the allied genera. If so, they are doubtless represented among the many hundreds of placoid teeth which have been taken from the beds where these were found. Whether any sueh exist in the collection, we can, of course, only conjecture, as the cartilaginous supports upon which they once rested have entirely decomposed, and the teeth, separated from their con- nections, scattered broadcast over the sea bottom. The tooth which we have called Cochliodus? crassus, (plate VIII, figs. 2 and 2a,) with a form quite un. like any heretofore described, has the same dense and massive structure and precisely similar surface with the larger species of Sandalodus (8. grandis), which is also found in the same stratum, at the same locality—near Warsaw. It is therefore at least possible that this beautiful specimen is one of the short intermediate teeth of that genus. SANDALODUS PARVULUS, N. and W. Pl. Keio TrxtH small, thin, irregularly oblong in outline, obliquely truncated at the narrower end, broader extremity pointed, triturating surface slightly arched longitudinally, strongly so transversely, finely and uniformly punctate throughout, under surface strongly concave, smooth. VERTEBRATES. 103 This minute species is represented in the collection by a single, though per- fect tooth. In its very small size and the oblique truncation of the narrower end, it differs from the species that have been described, though similar to them in general form. Figures 1 and 1a represent the top and side views, natural size. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, Alton, Illinois. SANDALODUS SPATULATUS, N. and W. Pl. X, Fig. 2. TrretH of medium size, broader extremity regularly rounded, the other narrow, long-pointed, acute, slightly arched longitu- dinally, strongly and regularly so transversely; enameled sur- face coarsely and evenly punctate, and showing several curved parallel furrows or lines of growth; length, 1 inch, 9 lines; breadth, 7 lines; thickness, 3 lines. This species may be distinguished, at a glance, from its associates, by its size, its coarsely punctate, rugose and furrowed surface, and by its haying one end broadly and evenly rounded, while the other is drawn out into a long, acute point. Figure 1 is a view of the upper surface. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, Hardin county, Illinois. SANDALODUS ANGUSTUS, N. and W. Pl. X, Fig. 3. TrxrTH small, very narrow, linear in outline, strongly arched laterally, much more strongly so transversely; the crown sur- face rising into a distinctly marked longitudinal ridge; surface smooth, or roughened by the uniform and rather coarse punc- tation. But a single specimen of this tooth is contained in the collection, and that may prove to be but a fragment of a larger and differently formed one. Figure 3 represents the upper surface, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. 104 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. SANDALODUS CARBONARIUS, N. and W. Pl. X, Fig. 4-5. TEETH sub-spatulate, one side being straight, the other regu- larly rounded, broader end rounded to the straight margin, the opposite extremity prolonged, narrowed, upper surface gently arched longitudinally, laterally more strongly, highest point of the arch forming an obtuse ridge nearer the straight than the rounded margin; all the enamel coating very finely and evenly punctate. All of the specimens included in the collection are imperfect, the narrower end being broken. It is therefore impossible, as yet, to determine with accu- racy the entire outline. We have therefore placed them in the genus Sanda lodus, with some doubt, although, so far as shown, their characters ally them more closely to the preceding species of Sandalodus than to any other fossil teeth heretofore described. The general form seems to have been sub-spatulate, considerably like that of S. spatulatus, though probably having the narrower end less pointed. This portion of the tooth is much the thinnest, and has, therefore, been liable to mutilation. The triturating surface is very finely and beautifully pitted, the pits being deeper, more regularly spaced and more closely set than in any of the teeth which have come under our observation. Figures 4 and 5 represent two specimens from the same locality. They differ in size, though similar in form, except that one is dextral, the other sinistral. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, LaSalle, Llinois. SANDALODUS La&vissimus, N. and W. Pl. X, Figs. 6, 7, 8. TEETH of large size, sub-triangular in outline, terminating in long and narrow pointed extremities, strongly arched in both directions. Near the narrow end two faintly defined ridges are discernable, rising from the longest margin and running ob- liquely toward the centre of the tooth; entire upper surface smooth and highly polished, but under the lens shown to be very finely and uniformly punctate. VERTEBRATES. 105 This species bears a strong resemblance to S. grandis, but is more elongated in form and is entirely without the wrinkles and folds that conspicuously mark that species, a character which is regarded of even generic value (though, as we think, unwarrantably,) among the similar forms of Cochliodus and Deltodus. Figures 6, 7 and 8 represent dextral and sinistral] specimens, or those from opposite jaws, of the natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. SANDALODUS GRANDIS, N. and W. = 3, = Pl. X, Fig. 9. Treta large, thick and massive; 5 inches long, 1 inch, 8 lines wide at broadest part, 9 lines thick; broader end somewhat rounded, with an obtuse lateral angle; narrower extremity produced into a moderately long, obtuse point, from which a distinct, though not prominent ridge runs along the line of the axis of the tooth to about its middle. Crown surface strongly arched, both transversely and longitudinally, near the broader end, roughened by lines of growth and fine longitudinal wrinkles; elsewhere smooth and highly polished, finely and uniformly punctate. The specimens from which the preceding description was taken, may be only old and fully grown teeth of S. dxvissiémus, but they are more rounded at the broader end, more strongly arched and show numerous distinct wrinkles and lines of growth, while in S. devissimus the entire crown surface is smooth and highly polished. As has been before suggested, the massive sub-quadrate tooth which we have named provisionally Cochliodus? crassus, coming from the same beds and showing a similar surface, may possibly have belonged to the same fish with the teeth under consideration. Figure 9 is taken from a specimen in the collection, which is complete with the exception of the angular terminus of the broader extremity. The strongly marked longitudinal ridge shown in the figure is in part due to the wear to which the tooth was subjected while in the jaw, and consequently somewhat exaggerates that character. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. = 4 E 106 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Genus RINODUS, N. and W.- Grn. CHoAr.—Teeth of medium or large size, elongated in form, with an expanded, sub-conical base, and a flattened or furrowed crown; enamel tubes arranged in transverse rows, producing on the triturating surface a series of transverse fur- rows and ridges which give.it a file-like roughness. In form and microscopic structure these teeth depart so widely from all known living or fossil types that at present we are scarely able to offer even a conjecture in reference to their affinities. They would seem to have been formed rather for grinding than crushing, and in the alternation of bands of harder and softer material in the enameled coating of the crown, we have the adaptation of means to an end, as clearly shown as in the grinders of the Elephant, which indeed seem to be foreshadowed in this the dentition of a Devonian fish. Rrnopus cALcEotus, N. and W. Pl. X, Figs. 10, 10a, 105, 10c. Terra laterally compressed, forming an unequal and irregu-- lar frustrum of a cone; the summit truncated, compressed and deeply furrowed longitudinally ; base more or less excavated beneath. The general form is very much that of a low shoe, a resemblance which has suggested the specific name given to it. The sides of the tooth are marked with a series of more or less interrupted and inosculating, horizontal, raised lines and furrows, of nearly equal breadth. The summit is occupied by a plate of dense enamel marked like the sides, but across this the lines run transversely, giving it a file-like surface. In the specimens before us this enameled crown is hollowed into a broad, longitudinal sulcus; when examined under a powerful glass, the roughening of the triturating surface is seen to be affected by the arrangement of the enameled tubes, which are placed in rows side by side, forming sulci which are separated by ridges of harder material. The base is deeply excavated VERTEBRATES. 107 longitudinally, and the under surface shows the same peculiar structure as the upper; length 2 inches; greatest breadth 8 lines. } Figures 10, 10 a, 108, are top and side view and profile section, natural size; figure 10c, magnified view of the crown surface. Formation and locality: Hamilton group, Calhoun county, Illinois. Grunus PSAMMODUS, Ag. Gen. CHAr.—“Teeth oblong, wide, thick, flat above, without cones or keels; surface porous or minutely rugose; base of the same form as the crown, very thick, coarse, osseous.” PsSAMMODUS POROSUS, Ag.? Pl. XI, Figs. 1, ta, 13. TrEeTH oblong or nearly square, the angles of one end being right angles, of the other, one acute and one obtuse; tritura- ting surface more or less concave, in the line of its largest diameter; slightly arched transversely; in perfect specimens smooth and polished, every where dotted with fine and nearly equal pores marking the termini of the calcigerous tubes; thickness one half to one fourth of length; base of the same form as the crown, coarse and cellular. The specimens in the collection which we have referred to this species, are undistinguishable, by any well marked characters, from those described by Prof. Agassiz. (Poiss. Foss. Vol. 3, p. 112, Atlas, Vol. 3, tab. 13). Figures 1, 1 a, 16, give the top, side and end views, natural size. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Illinois. PSAMMODUS ANGULARIS, N. and W. Pl. XI, Fig. 2, 2a, 26. Tretu small, thin, oblong, or trapezoidal in figure; surface of erown plain or slightly curved, generally smooth except as ~” 108 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. roughened by the uniform and relatively coarse punctation ; base relatively thin, of the same form as the crown, but some- what smaller; sides forming remarkably sharp angles with the crown. This is a thin and small species, more exact and angular in form than any other hitherto described. The crown is bordered throughout nearly its entire outline by a salient, acute angle, which it forms with the relatively smooth sides; this angle is made more prominent by a narrow and shallow sulcus. The base is very thin, giving to the tooth a less relative thickness than in any other species known. (see fig. 2b.) The pores of the surface are relatively large, but circular, distinct and never confluent, as in P. rugosus. Figure 2, 2a, 2b, represent the top, side and profile, natural size. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Tlinois. PSAMMODUS RUGOSUS, Ag. Pl. XI, Fig. 3, 3a. Tgeta oblong or quadrate in form; surface of crown plain, slightly arched or concave, according to the place of the tooth in the mouth; uniformly roughened by relatively large and deep pores, which are frequently confluent, giving it a rugose character; base, coarse and osseous, of the same form as the crown. The specimens in the collection which we have supposed might represent this species, are too imperfect for satisfactory determination. They are, how- ever, readily distinguishable from the finely punctate teeth, we ‘have referred with doubt to P. porosus, the surface being coarser and rougher, as in P. rugo- sus. This difference, taken in connection with the fact that they are derived from formations which have almost no other fossils in common, has led us to regard them as distinct. Prof. McCoy regards both of Agassiz’s species as mere varieties, and it is quite possible they are so, but in the teeth before us, the differences of micro- scopic structure are so marked and radical, that conclusive evidence must be required before they will be regarded as specifically identical. Figures 3 and 3a, are top and side views, natural size. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, Alton, Illinois. VERTEBRATES. 109 PSAMMODUS? SEMI-CyLINDRICUS, N. and W. Pl. XI, Fig. 4, 4a. TrETH thick and strong, sub-semi-cylindrical in form, oblong in outline, twice as long as wide; crown strongly arched transversely, to a less degree longitudinally; enameled surface occupying all the higher portions of the tooth; where unworn, eranular and shagreen-like; where worn, regularly porous; around the margin the rugosity partaking of the vermicular character of the surface of the base; base transversely concave, thinning laterally into sharp and irregular margins. In its form this species somewhat resembles Ps. canaliculatus, McCgy, (Brit. Pal., Foss., p. 643, pl. 3g, jig. 12.) but is at once distinguishable from it by the absence of the plications and gibbosity of the crown, which form the marked characters of that species. The shagreen-like rugosity of the triturating surface, to which allusion has been made in the above specific description, is not peculiar to this tooth, but is common to several species of this and allied genera. It is only shown where the enamel coating is unworn, and disappears upon the exposed portions of long used teeth. It is due to the presence of raised rings about the extremities of the enameled tubes, and is doubtless a provision of nature to prevent the slipping of the teeth over the smooth surfaces of shells or other hard substances which it was their function to crush. In worn teeth the roughness which they retain is due to the pores or pits formed by the sections of the enameled tubes. Figures 4, 4a, represent one of these teeth as seen from above and in profile. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. PSAMMODUS RETICULATUS, N. and W. Pl. XI, Figs. 5, 5a. TEETH oblong, more or less flattened, thin; crown irregularly arched transversely, nearly straight longitudinally, slightly depressed at the ends, showing a few remote transverse sulci; rugosity of triturating surface nearly uniform, coarse, reticu- lated by the intersection of short, tortuous lines and furrows, running parallel with the longest diameter of the tooth. — 110 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. The only specimen, representing this species in the collection, is somewhat mutilated, but still exhibits well marked characters by which it may be readily recognized wherever found. The rugosity of the surface is much like that of Ps. rugosus, Ag., and it also resembles that species in its transverse wrinkles or furrows; but, unless a portion only of the original thickness of the tooth is represented in the specimen before us, it must have been far thinner and lighter than any form of P. rugosus which has been described. Figures 5, 6a, represent the upper surface and a transverse section of the tooth, of the size of nature. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Monroe county, Llinois. PsAMMODUS? RHOMBOIDEUS, N. and W. Pl. XI, Figs. 6, 6a. TrrTa rhomboidal in outline, thick, strongly arched in both directions; triturating surface, sub-rhomboidal, with rounded angles, forming a prominent disc or boss, surrounded by the roughed and irregular base. On two sides the crown is some- what compressed, inclosing a prominent angle or ridge which rises to the summit of the tooth. Other portions of the tritu- rating surface are arched in both directions. The base on two sides is much depressed, on the third less so, and on the fourth somewhat turned up. It is rough and porous; in the central portion of the tooth, thick, but thinning toward the edges, which are irregular. The base is below deeply excavated, strongly concave in the line of its shortest diameter, nearly straight in its longest. Most of the triturating surface is uni- formly punctate, the pores in the center being relatively small and remote. Near the margin they are larger and more con- fluent, ultimately merging into the vermicular roughening of the base. This tooth is considerably unlike those hitherto described, and as yet little can be said in regard to its relations with them, or those with which it is asso- ciated, in the locality where it is found. We have placed it provisionally in the genus Psammodus because it seems most to resemble some of the varied forms which still remain included in that genus. It is by no means certain, PRO! hea VERTEBRATES. PTE however, that it has any closer affinity with the typical species of Psammodus than with Cochliodus, Helodus, and perhaps other genera of the cestraciont family. Doubtless, in time, material will be obtained which will permit future paleontologists to determine its affinities with more accuracy than can be done at present. In the hope of hastening that time the figures and descriptions of it are now given. We have some reason to believe, however, that we have, in this and other teeth, from the same vicinity and geological level, representatives of one or more genera, distinct from any hitherto designated by special names, teeth which hold an intermediate place between Psammodus and Cochliodus. These are in addition to that under consideration, and such as should probably be referred to the same species, those we have designated by the names of Psammodus semi-reticulatus, Trigonodas minor, T. major, several species of Sandalodus, ete. Of these, some, at least, depart very widely from the tile-like teeth of the typical species of Psammodus, and no one would think of including them in the same generic group. Others, however, such as that under consid- eration, show perhaps sufficient relationship in their microscopic structure, and in their broad, more or less tubular forms, to the true Psammodi, to be appro- priately classed with them until such time as the dentition of the fishes to. which they belong shall be more fully made out. Figure 6, crown surface, from above; 6a, side view, natural size. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, Illinois. Genus TRIGONODUS, N. and W. Gen. Cuar.—Teeth thick and strong, sub-triangular in out- line, strongly arehed in both directions, with a central boss or prominence, from which one or more ridges descend to the angles or to the larger side; triturating surface uniformly and finely punctate; inferior surface deeply concave. This genus is established to receive a number of teeth constituting two spe- cies included in the collection, which, with the mieroscopic structure of Coch- liodus, seem by their peculiarities of form to be essentially distinct from that genus. They formed strong, crushing implements, doubtless serving the same purposes with those of the large group of Cestraciont genera, with which they are associated in the Carboniferous limestone. In their forms they show a marked departure from the more cemmon types of Cestraciont teeth, and ap- proach more nearly to that of some portions of the triturating apparatus of the Chimezeroid fishes. But we should be unwarranted in inferring, upon such 112 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. slight evidence, the existence of Chimeroid sharks at the period of the depo- sition of the Carboniferous limestone. Trigonopus magor, N. and W. Pl. XI, Figs. 8, 9, 9a. TrETH sub-triangular, with one longer and two shorter sides, the latter including the best defined angle, near which is the most prominent portion of the tooth, the shortest sides are sub- equal somewhat curved, longer side more or less waved, and irregular. The central prominence forms a broad arched sur- face from which two obtuse ridges descend, the longer one to one of the angles, the shorter one to the long and irregular margin. From the central prominence the surface falls off toward the opposite angle in a broad, shallow furrow; enam- eled surface highly polished and finely punctate throughout; length, 1 inch, 9 lines; greatest breadth, 1 inch; height, 7 lines; thickness at centre, 4% lines. Figures 8 and 9, represent a pair of teeth apparently from the opposite sides of the same jaw; figure 9a, the profile from the angled side, natural size. Formation and locality: Burlington limestone, Quincy, Illinois. TRIGONoDUS miINOoR, N. and W. Pl. XI, Figs. 7, 7a. TretH half the size of 7. major, sub-triangular in outline, shorter sides curved, longer nearly straight. Of the small angles one is rounded, the other sub-acute; the most prominent point of the crown, half way between the obtuse and the rounded angle, being the summit of the arched ridge which connects them. ‘Towards the acute lateral angle the surface slopes down uniformly with no distinct sulcus. The surface rising from the margin which connects the medial with the rounded lateral angle marked with 4 or 5 sub-equal and par- VERTEBRATES. 3 allel ridges, which arch over from the medial toward the round- ed angle; enamel surface finely and evenly punctate; length 1 inch, 3 lines; greatest breadth 7 lines. : This species may be distinguished from the preceding by its smaller size, by its most elevated point being nearer to one of the lateral angles, by the absence of the ridge running down to the longer side, and by the plication of one of its faces. Figure 7 and 7a, represent the crown as seen from above, and the profile from the side of the medial angle. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Nauvoo, Illinois. Genus HOMACANTHUS, Ag. Gen, CHar.—Fin-spine small, rather rapidly tapering, mod- erately arched backwards; sides flattened, converging to the anterior face, which is obtusely keeled; sides covered with few very coarse, longitudinal ridges, and fine striz in the same direction; posterior margin with two rows of denticles arched downwards. This genus differs from Leptacanthus and Ctenacanthus in its small size, and the sides being covered with very few, strong, nearly smooth ridges. The genus is by no means a well defined one, but when confined to the two following spe- cies, and the Russian Devonian one, already published, it has a sufficiently dis- tinct facies. HomAcANTHUS cGiBBosus, N. and W. BUX My Wie. 1. SPINE small, slender, strongly arched backward, narrow and compressed throughout the upper two-thirds of its length, then rapidly expanding toward the base till at the point, when the ornamentation ceases, it is nearly twice as broad as in the mid- dle; immersed base without ornament, somewhat roughened, and irregularly conical about one-fifth of the entire length; exposed portion marked throughout with longitudinal, tuber- 114 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. cular carine, separated by surfaces which are striated; anterior margin acutely carinated, and set with a row of small tuber- cles distant from each other about the width of the spine at its middle point; lateral surfaces occupied above by 3, below by 5 or 6, longitudinal carina, each tuberculated in the same man- ner as the anterior edge, but the tubercles somewhat more closely set; the spaces between the carine flat, and marked with wavy, longitudinal striz; posterior border sulcated, and each side of the sulcus set with closely approximated teeth. At, and above the middle of the spine, these denticles are very small, conical, contiguous, and scarcely depressed; toward the base they become much larger, more remote and strongly hook- ed downward. Entire length, 2 inches, 2 lines; breadth at base, 13 lines; at base of ornamental part, 3 lines; immersed base, 4 lines. This species may be readily distinguished from the succeeding one by its strongly arched form, its swollen base, and posterior denticles very small and numerous above, larger and sparser below, while in H. ? rectus they are largest near the summit. From the species of Homacanthus described by Agassiz and McCoy, it is clearly distinct specifically, and perhaps generically. The genus Homacanthus was established by Agassiz upon some very small spines from the Devonian rocks of Europe. In their general aspect these spines show a mark- ed resemblance to our H. gibbosus and H. rectus, but in the details of their structure they are so unlike, it is doubtful if they should be classed together. In the typical species of Homacanthus (H. arcuatus, Ag.), the spine has nearly the form, though about half the size, of H. ? gibbosus; the base rela- tively broad and irregular, the exposed posterior fluted longitudinally, bearing numerous, sinall, depressed denticles on the posterior border. No detailed description of these spines is given by Prof. Agassiz, and his figures are our only guides in making the comparison of these two, represent spines with smooth, longitudinal coste. In the third they seem to be interruptedly tuber- cled or pectinated. In the general character given by McCoy the costz are said to be few, strong and nearly smooth. In both the species now described the ridges are distinctly tubercled. In each of the three spacies of Homacan- thus, hitherto described, the denticles of the posterior border are nearly uniform in size, and are strongly hooked downward; while in the spines under consid- eration the denticles are very unequal in size, and unlike in form, the larger VERTEBRATES. 115 + ones only being distinctly depressed. These characters would seem to be suffi- ciently marked to justify us in considering them as distinct from Homacanthus, and as types of a new genus. From the smaller amount of material, however, now in our hands, we have refrained from adding another to the already long list of ill-defined genera of fossil fishes, and have placed them provisionally in Homacanthus. Figure 1, side view, natural size. Formation and locality: St. Louis Limestone, St. Louis, Missouri. Homacantuus? rectus, N. and W. Pl. XII, Fig. 6. Spine small, slender, straight, or very slightly arched, com- pressed, with an elliptical section; immersed portion about one- sixth of the entire length, narrowed, compressed laterally, hay- ing a triangular section, rapidly drawn to a rude point below; exposed portion marked by 6—7 rounded longitudinal costz on either side, which are set with remote rounded tubercles, arranged in lines descending obliquely from the anterior bor- der, and being separated three times as far longitudinally as laterally in the middle of the spine. The spaces between the coste are of less than equal breadth with them, and are obscurely striated longitudinally. The only specimen in the collection does not fully give the form and arrangement of the denticles of the posterior border, those of the upper portion alone being visible. These are, however, of unequal size and relatively very large, being nearly as long as the diameter of the spine where they are set. In the great size of some of the denticles this species resembles H. macrodus, McCoy, ( Op. cit., p. 632, pl. 3 K, fig. 20,) but that species is much more curved, broader, and has fewer longitudinal cost. Figure 6, side view, natural size. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, St. Louis, Missouri. ©116 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Genus LEPTACANTHUS, Ag. Gren. Cuoar.—Fin-spine very long, narrow, gently arched backwards, very gradually tapering, greatly compressed, sides flattened; anterior face thin, keeled; surface covered with very numerous, longitudinal ridges and strize; posterior side set with two rows of numerous, close, small, downward-curved denticles. LEPTACANTHUS? OCCIDENTALIS, N. and W. Pl. XU, Fig. 2. SprnE long, slender, gently arched backward, very much compressed throughout, sides flat; anterior edge sharp, posterior edge conspicuously furrowed and bordered by two rows of small, acute, compressed and depressed hooks, of which the bases are nearly in contact; lateral surfaces occupied by numerous sub- equal, parallel, continuous, smooth, flattened costz, near the base about 15 on either side, at the middle 9-10, and near the summit 4—5, the number being increased below by the bifurca- tion of those occupying the upper part of the spine. The specimens before us are neither of them complete, but they indicate a total length of about 6 inches, with a breadth at base of about 6 lines, the average thickness being one-fourth the breadth. ae We have referred these spines to Leptacanthus with much doubt, as there seems to be little probability that they are generically identical with those from the Oolite, which Agassiz first designated by that name. It is true the general form is similar, but the striated or obscure and confusedly costate surface of the typical Leptacanthi must have given them an aspect widely different from that of these spines, so uniformly and regularly ribbed throughout. The sus- picion that these differences are generic is also strengthened by the fact that up to the present time no teeth have been found, both in the Lower Carbonif- erous and Jurassic rocks, which have been referred to the same genus; and it is scarcely probably that while the fin-rays of these ancient placoids have been met with in considerable numbers, that the much more numerous teeth could he "a VERTEBRATES. 117 have been overlooked. We infer, however, from the figures and descriptions of Prof. McCoy, (British Palzxozoic Fossils, p. 633, pl. 3 G, figs. 13, 14 and 16,) that the species which he calls Leptacanthus junceus and L. Jenkinsoni are generically identical with ours; the latter species being distinguishable from that before us only by the less perfect regularity of costation near the base, greater spacing of the denticles, and the striations of the surface—fair specific differences. If, then, Prof. McCoy’s carboniferous fin-spines are properly re- ferred to Leptacanthus, ours should be so; but for the reasons given above it seems in some degree probable that the reference of his specimens to that genus was unwarranted. The resemblance which the spines before us and those of Prof. McCoy bear to some of the more slender and compressed forms, now in- cluded in Ctenacanthus, such as Ct. distans, McCoy, and C. gracillimus, Nob., is very marked and is suggestive of closer relationship than has been assigned them. These species of Ctenacanthus have been associated with the great hybodoid spines, Ct. major, Agassiz, C. hybodoides, Egerton, etc., simply on account of their sharing with them the inconstant and unequally exhibted character of the tuberculation or pectination of the longitudinal costa. As we have before remarked, this is almost too variable and superficial a character to serve as a band of generic union between organs of which the facies are so diverse. We would, therefore, suggest to those who, hereafter in the possession of more ample material, may be better able to adjust the classification of these fossil fishes, the question whether the long, slender and flattened species of Ctenacanthus, cited above, should not be united with Leptacanthus junceus, L. . Jenkinsoni, and the present species, in a generic group, distinct from both Ctenacanthus and Leptacanthus. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, St. Louis, Missouri. Gunus ORACANTHUS, Neand=w. © ORACANTHUS PNIGEUS, N. and W. Pl. XII, Fig. 3. SPINE conical, short and robust, as broad at the base as high, anterior margin nearly straight, posterior outline much curved, anterior surface covered with relatively large stellated tuber- cles, irregularly scattered toward the base, on the upper half arranged in short oblique lines, extending from the anterior border to the middle; posterior surface occupied by smaller tubercles, without regular arrangement. I ee EE. Wy 118 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. The mass of this spine was originally cartilaginous, covered with a thin, bony, ornamented crust, which formed a solid bony tip at the summit. In the fossil the cartilage having disappeared, the external shell has been crushed in and its opposite internal surfaces brought in contact. Hence, as found, the spine is flat, and except at the solid apex, has a thickness of scarcely more than two lines. This is a well marked species of the genus, resembling more O. abbre- viatus, Newb., from the Devonian limestone of Ohio, than any other described. From this it differs, however, in its less oblique base, in its distinctly stellate tubercles, and their partial linear arrangement. In O. abbreviatus the tuber- cles are smooth, or nearly so, and are irregularly disseminated over the surface. Length of posterior margin, 1 inch, 3 lines; of anterior border, 2 inches; base, 1 inch, 6 lines. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Keokuk, Iowa. Genus CTENACANTHUS, Ag. Gen. Cuar.—Fin-spine of moderate and large size, com- pressed, gradually tapering, moderately arched backwards; anterior face narrow, rounded; posterior face concave, with a moderate cavity, the lateral edges bordered by two rows of curved denticles, inclined downwards; surface marked with strong, longitudinal ridges and furrows, pectinated by trans- verse scales or tubercles. The concealed base of moderate size, rapidly tapering, finely striated. CTENACANTHUS ANGULATUS, N. and W. Pl. XII, Fig. 4, 4a. SPINE small, robust, compressed, posterior outline nearly straight; anterior border arched backward; posterior margin flattened or slightly hollowed, half the breadth of the lateral surfaces; anterior margin rounded below, acute above, section a triangle having sides twice as long as the base; anterior half of the surface of the spine (more below, less above the middle) occupied by distinct, parallel, continuous caring, those on and VERTEBRATES. 119 near the anterior border pectinated by very numerous trans- verse edges, which on the posterior carinze become small, dis- tinct, rounded tubercles; posterior half of the lateral surfaces marked with fine, and interrupted longitudinal strize; posterior surface finely striated longitudinally; strize reticulated; poste- rior angles set with numerous, small, depressed hooks, separa- ted by about the width of their bases. This is a peculiarly exact and elegant little spine, of which the surface is every where highly ornamented. Its most striking character is perhaps its angularity, but the ornamentation is peculiar, and such as will readily serve to distinguish it from any species hitherto described. The anterior surface is occupied by relatively large and distinct costa, strongly pectinated, as is com- mon in the genus, while about half of the lateral surfaces, and all the posterior sulci, are marked by fine, longitudinal, interrupted, or reticulated striz. Near the base the greater part of the lateral surface is covered by the pectinated or tuberculated ridges, while toward the summit the striee encroach upon the costee, and occupy most of the side. The only specimen in the collection, though apparently representing nearly the entire length of the spine, wants the extreme summit, and that part of the base which was buried in the integu- ments of the back. It is 34 inches long, by 6 lines wide. The lateral parietes of the central cavity near the base were evidently quite thin, and have been crushed in by pressure from without. It will be noticed that both this and the preceding species referred to the genus Ctenacanthus are all smail and delicate in form and markings, contrast- ing strongly with many species of the genus which have been described, espe- cially with the large, nearly cylindrical spines, described by Agassiz and Hger- ton under the names of C. major, C. hybodoides and C. nodosus, and we may justly doubt whether the jong, slender, and delicate spines such as C. distans, McCoy, and C. gracillimus, Nob., were borne by fishes generically identical with those which carried the formidable weapons named above. While, how- ever, we have only the spines with which to classify these ancient placoids, and the differences which they present are rather of degree than kind, we must be content to group together those which are generally similar, waiting the time when the spines and teeth can be found together, and their generic rela- tions more accurately established. Figures 4, 4a, side and posterior faces, natural size. Formation and locality: Chester limestone, Chester, Illinois. 120 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. CrENACANTHUS? costATUS, N. and W. Pl. XI, Fig. 5. Spine short, robust, slightly arched backward, with an ovate section near the base, elliptical above; basal portion once sunk in the integuments about one fourth of the total length, irreg- ularly pointed, smooth or finely striated; exposed portion coated with polished enamel, strongly ribbed longitudinally; anterior border occupied by a single broad and smooth carina, three times the width of the cost of the sides; lateral sur- faces occupied at base by broad parallel longitudinal ribs sepa- rated by much narrower sulci. The external surface of these. ribs is smooth and polished, but their sides are set with closely approximated tubercles which give them an elegant beaded appearance and nearly fill the sulci. In the only specimen included in the collection a portion of the posterior surface of the spine is wanting. Thenumber and form of the denticles which once existed there can not, therefore, be fully determined. Above this part are a few tubercles which seem to have formed a double row along the posterior surface of the lower portion of the spine. The ribs are of nearly equal breadth and are continuous throughout, except the two anterior ones, which become obsolete before reaching the summit. _ - Until better specimens can be obtained, or such as show the posterior denti- cles more distinctly, a full and satisfactory description can scarcely be made out. It is evident, however, that the specimen before us represents a strongly marked and hitherto undiscribed species, which will be at once recognized by its few, strong, longitudinal costz, plain and smooth in their outer faces, ele- gantly beaded along their sides. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, St. Louis, Missouri. \ Genus DREPANACANTHUS, N. and W. Grn. CuAr.—Fin-spines of medium or large size, more or less compressed laterally, gradually tapering to an acute point, strongly curved, point turned forward; anterior margin set with _ VERTEBRATES. 421 a single row of large, flattened or conical tubercles; lateral surfaces set with numerous small tubercles, arranged in longi- tudinal and sometimes transverse rows; posterior margin rounded or flattened, without hooks, sometimes carrying one . or more rows of relatively large tubercles. These spines, with our present imperfect knowledge of them, seem to present some anomalous characters of special interest, as they separate them somewhat widely from most of the defensive spines of living placoid fishes, the study of which has thrown so much light on those found fossil. Of these exceptional characters, the most remarkable is their reversed curve. Nearly all of the dorsal defensive fin-rays hitherto known, of living or fossil sharks, are straight or more or less curved backward, the point being turned toward the caudal extremity. They are also planted obliquely in the integuments in such a man- ner that the point is thrown backward even where they are straight, the poste- rior margin of the exposed and ornamented portion being shorter than the anterior. Such is the position of the spines of Spinax, Cestracion, etc., of recent fishes, and was the position of those of Hybodus, Ctenacanthus, and most other extinct genera, as is proved by the line of contact with the dorsal surface, sloping upward from the convex to the concave border. This is also generally indicated by the curvature, the position of the medullary cavity (nearer the posterior margin), the greater degree of ornamentation along the anterior, the presence of hooks upon the usually suleated posterior edge or face, etc. In Drepanacanthus, on the contrary, we find the line of contact with the dorsal surface generally plainly marked; sloping upward at an angle of 45° from the concave to the convex margin; the medullary cavity nearest the convex edge, and opening first there; the concave margin most highly ornamented, etc., ete. All of which characters seem to indicate that while the base was inserted in its normal condition, projecting forward and downwards into the integuments of the back, the exposed portion was curved forward instead of backward. It is true that if the position of the base was reversed, projecting downward and backward instead of forward, the spine being thrown entirely in advance of the base, we should then have, with the normal curvature of the exposed portion, the line of demarcation between the ornamented summit and the plain base, as we now find it, slanting upward from the concave to the convex border. It may not, therefore, be now possible to determine with absolute certainty in which of the two ways these spines were worn. The place and form of the medullary cavity, however, and the ornamentation, seem to indicate, as before stated, that while the base held its normal position the summit was curved for- ward. This structure would require no change in the muscular attachments of the base, by which the spine was elevated and depressed, while any other sup- 123 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. position would require very important modifications of the ordinary apparatus by which their movements were effected. In their surface markings the spines under consideration resemble those of Oracanthus, and it is probable one or more species have been described under that name that more properly belong with those on which the genus Drepana- canthus is now proposed; but the typical species of Oracanthus, such as O. mil- leri, Agassiz, O. vetustus, Leidy, O. pnigeus, Nob., were more broadly conical in form and were composed of a cartilaginous center, covered with a thin crust of bone and enamel, which was solid only at the tip; and we have no evidence that any of the spines of this character were curved forward at the apex or were toothed along the posterior border. Jn Drepanacanthus, on the contrary, the Spine was composed of dense, fibrous, bony tissue, with a pulp cavity of mod- erate size, and the surface was not all covered with an enamel coating, but thickly studded with spheroidal tubercles of black, glass-like enamel, and was strongly curved forward at the summit. The figure and description of Oracanthus pustulosus, (Agass. Poiss. Foss., Vol. 3, p. 15, Atlas, Vol. 3, Tab. 2, figs. 3 and 4,) although representing only a frag- ment, indicate a spine very different in its aspect and structure from O. milleri, and the other species enumerated above, and one much more like those which we have designated by the name of Drepanacanthus. So little of O. pustulosus is preserved that it is not easy to decide whether, like these, it was heterostrophe or not; but the greater relative thickness of bone on what was regarded as the posterior side of the cavity, and the crowding of the tubercles over the exterior surface of the same region, might lead us to suspect that the convex side was the posterior, and that it was heterostrope. The tubercles of O. pustulosus are not fully described by M. Agassiz, but, judging from the figure, they are spheroidal in form and ornamented by sharp carinations, just as are those of a species Drepanacanthus now before us. If so, they are strikingly different from those of the typical species of Oracanthus, which are conical, with a more or less acute summit and a broad base, from which often radiate many radicles of enamel. These reach up on to the sides of the cones, and give them the stel- late appearance which they usually, though not constantly, present. If other and more complete specimens of O. pustulosus should confirm the conjectures we now make in reference to its curvature and ornamentation, it would be a well-marked, and even typical species of the genus Drepanacanthus. DREPANACANTHUS ANCEPS, N. and W. Pl. XI, Fig. 8. Spine small, much curved and compressed throughout its entire length; section lenticular, with acute edges; width near VERTEBRATES. 123 base 6 lines, thickness 1 line; concave margin acute, and set with a line of relatively large tubercles; convex border acutely carinated, without tubercles but finely striated longitudinally; lateral surfaces bearing numerous small, round, smooth tuber- cles, near the concave border, densely crowded and without linear arrangement, toward the convex border, especially below, they are also numerous, though less crowded than along the opposite edge, their nearest margin forming about three longitudinal lines. Those more remote are smaller and are dispersed in short, transverse lines. The median half of the lateral surface bears only a few minute tubercles, and like all the other portions of the surface between the tubercles is finely striated longitudinally. The position, size and form of the pulp cavity is scarcely determinable from the only specimen before us. It is apparently situated, however, nearest the con- vex border. The ornamentation of the surface descends much lower on the concave than on the convex border; the line lim- iting the ornamentation—the line of junction with the surface of the back—rising from the concave toward the convex bor- der at an angle of about 45°. The resemblance of this spine to some species of Oracanthus, both in general form and ornamentation, is so strong that, were it not for the fact that the line of junction with the dorsal surface was inclined upward from the concave edge, we should scarcely dare separate it from them. Formation and locality: Coal Measures, Springfield, [linois. DREPANACANTHUS GEMMATUS, N. and W. Pl. XIII, Fig. 1. Sprnz large and strong, 10 to 12 inches in length, one in width at base, gradually narrowed to the apex, which is strongly curved forward, much compressed throughout, section near the base a long ellipse, truncated anteriorly, nearer the summit the sides are flat and parallel, the anterior border rounded, posterior margin occupied by a broad and shallow 124 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. sulcus, bounded by prominent salient angles without ‘denticles | and divided in the centre by a low but distinct continuous carina; anterior margin rounded and set along the median line with a row of round flattened tubercles about a line in diame- ter, and separated by intervals of equal or slightly greater breadth. On either side of this larger row of tubercles is a second of about half their size below, of nearly equal size above, behind these are, on either side, 20 to 25 longitudinal parallel rows of similar, but smaller, tubercles, which progressively diminish in size to the posterior or convex border, and are very uniformly distributed over all of the lateral surfaces. These tubercles are accurately arranged in longitudinal rows, most of which are continuous from base to summit. They also exhibit an imperfect transverse alignment. Those of the anterior me- dian line are flattened and smooth, as though somewhat worn, but the others generally, and these partially, are beautifully ornamented by numerous, sharp, converging carinz, which rise from the base, and, when not obliterated, cover the entire sur- face. They are stringent on the upper side of the tubercles, the interval between the tubercles seems to have been smooth bone without enamel, the tubercles having the appearance of globules of brilliant black glass, and look as though they had exuded through pores in the bone, and had congealed on the surface, studding it with gems. Under the lens these orna- mented globules are exceedingly pretty, and have suggested the specific now given. On some of them the raised lines have a spiral arrangement giving them the appearance of seeds of the Chara. That part of the spine which was enveloped in the integuments partakes of the general curve of the exposed portion, its sides are flattened and smooth, and converge to form a sub-acute edge in front, on which is a tubercular excres- sence as large as half a pea, just below the first of the enameled tubercles. The posterior border of the basal portion is deeply sulcated to its extreme point by the continuation of the pulp cavity, which was apparently open pos- teriorly from the point where the ornamentation ceases. The margins of this VERTEBRATES. : 125 “sulcus are thin and sharp, and are usually moré or less broken. The smooth and flattened surfaces of the base seem to indicate some kind of an articula- tion, and it is perhaps possible that bony or cartilaginous guides were applied on either side, between which the spines were firmly held during their eleva- tion or-depression. This would give an accuracy of movement and a firmness scarcely inferior to that afforded by the gingylmus articulation of the dorsal spines of the Stluroids. a Figure 1, represents the side view of a spine broken at either end; 1a, trans- verse section; 16, an enlarged tubercle of the anterior border; 2, a nearly per- fect base of another specimen. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Keokuk, Lowa. DREPANACANTHUS? STELLATUS, N. and W. Pl. XI, Fig. 7. SPINE small, strongly curved forward, with an elliptical sec- tion above, oval below; convex margin rounded and ornamented with three rows of relatively large, longitudinally remote, compressed stellate tubercles; concave margin rounded and set with a single row of large, conical, pointed, stellate tubercles, largest toward the base of the spine; lateral surfaces regularly arched, with numerous longitudinal rows of small, conical or laterally compressed tubercles, most distinct on thé anterior border, separated longitudinally by intervals of twice their diameters, laterally closely approximate, forming oblique, trans- verse lines. In the middle of the spine there are about fifteen longitudinal rows of small tubercles on either side, more below, fewer above. The large tubercles of the convex (posterior?) border are separated longitudinally by spaces of twice their longest diameters. Transversely they are in apposition, form- ing short transverse lines of three tubercles each. We have included this spine in Drepanacanthus with some hesitation, as the imperfection of the only specimen in the collection is such as to leave several important points in its structure in doubt If, as we have supposed, the curve of the summit was forward, as in Z. gemmatus, it would naturally fall into the ‘same genus with that spine; for although the tubercles of the concave border =i “? “conclusive, however, and may be fallacious. If so, this would constitute the 126 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. are much higher and more tooth-like, and the flattened and keeled convex bor-- * der of Z. gemmatus is here wholly wanting, still the style of ornamentation is so similar that, with the striking character of a strong reversed curve in common, it would be difficult to find good cause for their separation. Unfortunately the specimen before us wants the base, without which the question of its curvature can only be conjecturally decided. The facts which have led us to suspect that the curve of the tip was forward are: 1st. On the “concave side of the spine the bony wall of the central cavity is much thicker *, than on the convex side, on which the pulp cavity runs out some distance above the base. 2d. The tuberculation of the lateral surfaces become stronger toward the concave border, fading out toward the convex. The natural inference from these facts is, that the curve of the spine was reversed, as in most others; the posterior wall is thinner than the anterior, and is broken through above the base; the tuberculation of the lateral surfaces is, in most or all allied spines, strongest on or near the anterior border. These indications are not wholly type of a new genus, as, though allied to Oracanthus, Asteracanthus and Myria-. ‘-canthus, perhaps in an equal degree, it could be united with neither of them. | From the first it is distinguished by its more slender form and the denticles of edt the concave border. According pretty well with Asteracanthus in general form ‘© (if not reversely curved) and in its stellate tubercles, it is separated from that genus by the diversity in size, form and arrangement of its tubercles, and its geological position. With Myriacanthus it agrees in the variety of its orna- mentation, but not in its form nor geological place. Other specimens will be required. before its relations ean be fully determined. Formation and locality: Keokuk limestone, Warsaw, I1linois. CTENOCANTHUS GRACILLIMUS, N. and W. Pl. XIIl, Fig. 3. SprnE very long and slender, (9-12 inches long, 4-5 lines wide) gently arched, much compressed, scarcely more than a line in thickness with a lenticular section; anterior margin acute, posterior edge truncated below, above sulcated longitu- dinally, and set with two rows of acute, compressed, strongly depressed hooks, of which the bases are contiguous; each side is ornamented with, about 10 below, 15 above, nearly equal continuous, parallel, somewhat flattened, longitudinal carinz; VERTEBRATES. 127 “which are near the summit all smooth. The anterior medial carina throughout the entire length of the spine, and toward the base 3-4 of the anterior lateral carinze ornamented with numerous, obliquely transverse, prominént rings; those of the lateral carinee passing into tubercles and becoming obsolete up- ward. This is a remarkably slender, as well as beautiful, spine; the ornamentation being exceedingly neat and sharply defined. It is evidently closely allied to C. distans, McCoy, from the Mountain limestone of Armagh, Ireland, which is nearly as slender, and in its general aspect must be very similar. From the description and figure of C. distans, given by Prof. McCoy, (Brit. Palxozoic Fossils, p. 625, pl. 3K, fig. 15), I infer, however, that there are well marked differences between the American and European fossil, which will readily serve to distinguish them. In C. distans the form is somewhat more robust and more curved, the teeth of the posterior margin less numerous and less depress- ed, and the lateral longitudinal carina, instead of being as in our fossil nearly all smooth, are all crenulated by transverse rings or tubercles. From the other species of Ctenacanthus, described by McCoy, Agassiz and others, that before us is so widely separated that no comparison with them is necessary. Formation and locality: St. Louis limestone, St. Louis, Missouri. SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF VERTEBRATES DESCRIBED IN THE FOREGOING PAGES. Class PISCES. OrpvER GANOIDEA. Family LEPIDOIDEA. Genus PAL AONISCUS. P. peltigerus, N. and W. Coal Measures. Family C@LACANTHI. Genus RHIZODUS. . occidentalis, N. and W. Coal Measures. OrnpER PLACOIDA. Family HYBODONTID. Genus CLADODUS. ; pln 7 C. robustus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. ~~ / ‘~ C. micropus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. “ , ~ C. spinosus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. 77 4 U SSeS Be 2 i aaaaaaqananan PP VERTEBRATES. stenopus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . mortifer, N. and W. Coal Measures. . magnificus, Tuomey. Sub-carboniferous. angulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . zygopus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . ferox, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. | politus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . costatus, N. and W. Sub-earboniferous. . turritus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. | grandis. N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . lamnoides, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . gracilis, N. and W. Coal Measures. GENUS DIPLO DUS. . latus, Newb. Coal Measures. . compressus, Newb. Coal Measures. . incurvus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . duplicatas, N.and W. Sub-carboniferous. Genus CARCHAROPSIS. . Wortheni, Newb. Sub-carboniferous. Family PETALODONTIDZE. Genus PETALODUS, Owen. destructor, N. and W. Coal Measures. linguifer, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Genus PETALORYNCHUS, Ag. striatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. —li 150 PALZONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Genus CTENOPTYCHIUS, Ag. Ct. semicircularis, N. and W. Coal Measures. Genus ANTLIODUS, N. and W. A. robustus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. ' A. mucronatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. A, parvulus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. A, similis, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. A, cucullus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. A. politus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. A. minutus, N. and W. Sub-carboniierous. A, simplex, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. A, sulcatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Genus DACTYLODUS, N. and W. D. princeps, N. and W., (type). Sub-carboniferous. D. lobatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. D. inflecus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Genus POLYRHIZODUS, McCoy. P. porosus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. P. dentatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. P. ponticulus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Genus CHOMATODUS, Ag. Ch. gracillimus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Ch. cultellus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Ch. pusillus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Ch. affinis, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. ee a et VERTEBRATES. Ch. angularis, N. and W. Coal Measures. Oh. molaris, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Ch. thultiplicatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Ch. costatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Ch. elegans, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Ch. loriformus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. ~ aS ~ Family CESTRACIONTIDZ. Genus ORODUS, Ag. O. multicarinatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. O. plicatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . elegantulus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . ornatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . tuberculatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. .mammilaris, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . minusculus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . minutus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. S281. SoS Genus HELODUS, Ag. H. biformis, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. H. elytra, N.and W. Sub-carboniferous. H. coniculus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. HT. compressus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. H. carbonarius, N. and-W. Coal Measures. H. sulcatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. H. crenulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. H. denticulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. H, nobilis, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. HT. consolidatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. H. politus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. HT, undulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. - FT, limax, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. ad Pots) to PAL.ZLONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. HH. denshumani, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. H. angulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. H. gibbosus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous.* H. placenta, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Genus COCHLIODUS, Ag. C. nobilis, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. C. crassus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Gunus ASPIDODUS, N. and W. _ A. crenulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. A. convolutus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Gove SANDADADUS IN amd awe S. levissimus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. S. carbonarius, N. and W. Coal Measures. S. spatulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. S. grandis, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. S. parvulus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. S. angustus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Grnus PSAMMODUS, Ag. P. porosus, Ag. Sub-carboniferous. P. angularis, N.and W. Sub-carboniferous. P. rugosus, Ag. Sub-carboniferous. P. semicylindricus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. P. rhomboideus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. FP. reticulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Genus TRIGONODUS, N. and W. T. major, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. T. minor, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. hac Jet las aaa. VERTEBRATES. 133 Gznus PCECILODUS, Ag. - lig ornatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. P. rugosus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Gunus DELTODUS, N. and W. . grandis, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. stellatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . undulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. rhomboideus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . cingulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. spatuiatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. angularis, N, and W. Sub-carboniferous. . complanatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Sis o> 5 os Family CHIMEROIDEE. _ Genus RINODUS, N. and W. Tt. calceolus, N. and W. Devonian. RELATLONS UN CHE RETRIN. Grnus EDESTUS, Leidy. E. minor, Newb. Coal Measures. FIN SPINES. : ‘Genus ORACANTHUS, Ag. ers eee a a a a « * , ¥ O. pnigeus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. . PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Genus LEPTACANTHUS, Ag. L. occidentalis, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. ~ Genus CTENACANTHUS, Ag. Ct. gracillimus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Ct. costatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Ct. angulatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. * Genus HOMACANTHUS, Ag. HH, rectus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. H. gibbosus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. Genus DREPANACANTHUS, N. and W. D. gemmatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. D, stellatus, N. and W. Sub-carboniferous. D. anceps, N. and W. Coal Measures. DEBMAL TUBERCLES. Genus PETRODUS, McCoy. P. occidentalis, N. and W. Coal Measures. P. acutus, N. and W. Coal Measures. — SUPPLEMENT a TO THE DESCRIPTIONS OF VERTEBRATES. BY PROF. EDWARD D. COPE. Class REPTILIA. Sub-class BATRACHIA. Orver XHNORHACHIA. Genus AMPHIBAMUS, Cope. AMPHIBAMUS GRANDICEPS, Cope. Pl. 32, fig. 8, and cut on p. 136. Amphibamus grandiceps, Cope, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1865, p. 134.) The recent additions to our knowledge of the air-breathing vertebrates of the Carboniferous period, are of great interest to the comparative anatomist, as furnishing new points in the series of structures between the Ganoidea and Lacertilia, or new “ generalized” types combining the structures of these and of the Batrachia. Notr.—A single specimen of the Batrachian here described is in possession of Mr. Joseph Even, who has kindly placed it temporarily at the service of the Survey. It was discovered by him near Morris, Grundy county, Illinois, in a bed belonging appa- rently above the middle of the Coal Measures. It is imbedded in a concretion of brown ironstone. The cavities left by the bones are occupied by a white friable mineral, which has probably percolated into them.—A. H. W. fy ad ip a yi es eo) a a ee eee 136 +h Amphibamus grandiceps, (mag. 2 diam.) The aboye cut is pinen to illustrate more clearly some points of structure. not readily shown in a shaded engraving. It, however, represents he little scales of the right palpebra, above the marginal row, too large and too seattering. } Be. VERTEBRATES. 137 This animal combines with its Batrachian a few Lacertilian characters, having some resemblance to Dawson’s genus Hylonomus, and much affinity with Prof. Wyman’s Raniceps Lyellii. Its squamous integument and narrow nasal roof give it the somewhat Lacertilian physiognomy, more especially Geccotian, in its broad cranium and orbits, its large marginal palpebral scales, and rather short digits. Its true affinities are indicated by the presence of two premaxil- laries, with a squamoso-postorbital arch, as in Labyrinthodontia, some Batrachia Gradientia, and Crocodilia ; its quadratojugal arch, as in Labyrinthodontia and Batrachia Salientia; its posteriorly directed oblique quadratum and lack of ribs, as in Batrachia Salientia; its probably short pelvis, short separate bones of the leg and fore-arm; its opisthoczelian dorsal vertebra, and long caudal neural spines, as in Batrachia Gradientia. It is then the type of a group inter- mediate between the Labyrinthodontian and Gradient Batrachians, distin- guished from the former by the opisthoceelian vertebra, absence of ribs, and pleurodont dentition; and from the latter by the scaly integument, absence of ribs, and structure of the nasal and pre-frontal regions. But one genus of Salamanders, Glossolega, has a similar os fronto-squamosal or posterior zygo- matic arch. A ribless type might, however, well exist among G'radientia, when we consider the great difference between their development in Plewrodeles on the one hand, and Amphiuma on the other. From the Salientia the dentige- rous mandible, squamosal arch, form of vertebrz, sacrum and extremities, etc , widely distinguish it. To the Batrachian orders Labyrinthodontia, Gradientia, Gymnophidia and Salientia, the present may be added, under the name Xen- orhachia. The general form of the skull is much that of a frog, and large in proportion to the size of the animal; its length is one-half that of the spinal axis from the occiput to the middle of the sacral region, and five-sixths its own breadth in the flattened specimen. The outline is not broadly rounded, as is usual among Salamanders, but is slightly contracted, as in many frogs. The orbits are large, regularly rounded their longitudinal diameter one and one-half times the frontal width; their point of nearest approach is behind, opposite the position of the iris; one diameter, measured obliquely in advance of each, extends a little beyond the common premaxillary suture. The premaxillary bones have considerable horizontal extent, terminating opposite the narial openings, each bearing eleven or twelve teeth. Their nasal spines were in close contact, and do not appear to be prolonged backwards, as in most Gradientia. The external nares are rather widely separated, as in most Gradientia, the integument, which they pierced, roofing a large space between the median and peripheric bones of the muzzle. The roof of the nasal cavities is a truncate cuneiform plate, whose apex joins that of the premaxil- laries. Its composition can only be conjectured, from the appearances pre- —18 138 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. sented by the specimen. It may be a superior ethmoid plate, as in the frogs Borborocetes and others, or, more probably, a united or separate pair of free frontal, as in Dactylethra or Rana. There is no trace of the composition of nasals and frontals, which occurs in the Gadientia, nor is such an arrangement probable, in view of the regular elongate cuneiform outline of this singular piece. A moderately distinct suture, crossing the front at the anterior third of the interorbital space, which presents a regular convexity forwards, appears to be the anterior border of the frontal; the latter can scarcely be an interorb- ital plate of ethmoid, as it appears to unite behind by suture with the parietals. There are bosses on the pre-frontal region, indicating pre-frontal or ‘‘ lachry- mal” bones, similar to those in Sceloporus and other Lacertilian genera. What may possibly be the coronal suture, since it appears to be too regular to be a fracture, crosses the narrowest part of the interorbital space. It is a zigzag, presenting posteriorly a median angle, and one on each side. The pos- terior zygomatic arches are strong, and bound a cranial plane, which is broader than long, and exhibits nearly parallel lateral outlines. The probably small “erotaphite foramina” of the temporal fossz appear to have been roofed over by perhaps the strong scales of the cranial integument. The quadratum is convex externally, and is directed obliquely backward to opposite the occiput; it is strongly concave in its posterior outline, indicating a large auricular meatus. Whether this was covered by scales or by an exposed tympanic drum, cannot be determined. The quadratojugale is broad and strong. The postorb- ital arch is continuous with the quadratum; the breadth of the two equals the frontal width. The angular process of the mandible is but little prolonged beyond the quadratum. The maxillary is toothed, at least as far as opposite the malar process. The dentition is pleurodont; the teeth are only visible on the mandible and the outer edge of the upper jaw; they are there of but one kind, small, closely set, acute-conic, not compressed, hollow, and without any inflections of the enamel. The integument of the head was squamous. The scales appear not to have been imbricate, and were perhaps more dense on the posterior regions, where their position is occupied by the white material mentioned in Prof. Worthen’s note, which has here asomewhat ganoid appearance. They were more elongate on the muzzle. There appears to have been a distinct superciliary, and a postorbital row, as weli as a series on the border of the upper lip. A whorl of elongate scales, arranged like the pieces of an arch, surrounded the one on each side which marked the crotaphite foramen. In the specimen these are connected by a suture or line, which is regularly convex posteriorly. The superior palpebree were covered by small separated scales, as are seen among Geccos and Anoles, and were bordered by a larger and continuous series, of about fourteen sub- VERTEBRATES. 139 quadrate scales. These have evidently bordered the lid, extending transversely across the orbit, and were not sclerotic scales, which are arranged round the pupil as a centre. 4 The vertebral column is much injured, especially in the cervical region. The dorsal vertabrze appear to have been short, and probably thirteen in num- ber between the interscapular and sacral regions. They appear to have been constricted medially. Traces of ribs or of transverse processes are not to be found. The impression of a sacral vertebra is distinctly preserved. The cau- dal vertebrae were perhaps without osseous centra, as no definite impressions can be traced, and their place is occupied by the matrix. There are traces of osseous neural arches, perhaps similar to those of Archegosaurus, and apparently disconnected, long, compressed neural spines, and slender pleurapophyses; the . latter were probably united as chevron bones. Of the former, twelve very dis- tinct impressions may be counted to the sacral region; the posterior are most slender, the median most elevated, the anterior lower and of greater longitudi- nal extent. They are more expanded in the direction of the axis of the body near their superior extremities, and evidently supported a flattened natatory tail, as th.t of Protonopsis. These neural spines were continued on the poste- rior third of the dorsal series. The visible, which is probably the greater part of the tail, enters the remainder of the column two and a quarter times, by measurement. ‘Sternal and hyoid pieces are not recognizable, though sundry fragments are no doubt to be referred to these regions. An impression resembling that of a raniform scapula, was probably made by that piece. The anterior limbs were short and weak. The humerus is slender; its length equals the distance be- tween the centres of the external nares; it is apparently not much dilated, nor furnished with a process proximally, but is dilated and grooved distally, and has no condyles. The ulna and radius are separate and slender; the distal ex- tremities of these, with the remaining bones of the anterior limbs, have been lost. ; _ Of pelvis nothing is recognizable. The femur is slender, much dilated dis- tally, slightly curved in the posterior direction, and without condyles. Its length is equal to the breadth of the cranial table. The tibia and fibula are one-half the length of the femur, are slender, most dilated proximally; the antero-exterior bone is a little longer, not’ in contact with the inner distally, which relation I believe to be normal. The tarsus was probably cartilaginous, as in Protonopsis (Menopoma, ) a faint impression of the outer border remaining. It was broader than long, and without heel-like pro- jections. While the great shortness of the lower leg is a Salamandrine peculiarity, the length and slenderness of the digits are quite Lacertian. The leg being 140 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. extended backward, the exterior or first digit is shortest, and a little less than the second. This is equal to two and one-half phalanges of the fifth (reckoning from its base) or the proximal pair of phalanges of the fourth. The fifth is a little shorter than the third, which is scarcely equal to the three proximal phalanges of the fourth. The number of phalanges 3—3—4—5—4: among the Salamanders the last two numbers are usually 4—3. They are without condyles, but exhibit one or two emarginations at their articulating surfaces. The length of the basal phalanx of the first digit is two-thirds that of the second ; the latter equals that of the fifth and the second phalanx of the fourth; these are very little shorter than the basal of the third and fourth. The terminal phalanges are elongate acute, those of the first and fourth slightly curved. They are much less obtuse than in Salamanders, and the animal has probably had weak claws; of these no trace remains. A few traces indicate that the dermal integument was covered, on the ante- rior part of the body, at least, with small and sub-granular scales. There have been abdominal scales arranged in narrow imbricate series, directed inward and posteriorly. Traces of plates are wanting, excepting a small fragment lying beside the cervical vertebrae. The length of this species from the sacral centre to the interscapular region was 13 lines; from the latter point to the end of the muzzle, 12 lines; to the occipital border, 4-5 lines. Longitudinal diameter of orbit, 3 lines; frontal breadth, 2 lines; from border of orbit to border of nostril, 1-5 lines; breadth of cranial table, 3-75 lines. Length of humerus, 3 lines; of femur, 3-6 lines; of tibia, 2-3 lines; of fifth digit, 2-75 lines; of fourth. 4—2 lines; of first, 1-8 lines. The portion of the tail preserved measures 5—2 lines. If we compare the peculiarities of this genus with those of the Batrachia of the same period, we find it to be distinguished, independently of the ordinal characters, from such genera as Osteophorus, Melosaurus Sclerocephalus, Xestor- rhytias, Baphetes and Brachyops, by the absence of the sculpturing of the cranial bones, the lack of dermal shields, characteristic of most of these, and by the presence of cranial and palpebral scales. The crania of the first genera are much more elongate, and imitate those of some Crocodiha. Similar differences exist between the Illinois Butrachian and Dendrerpeton, Owen; the latter pos- sesses, also, a double row of teeth. Hylonomus, Dawson, supposed to possess Lacertilian affinities, exhibits ribs and biconcave vertebrae. The ribs of Teler- peton will distinguish it also. The only genus as yet known to approach closely that under consideration has been described by Prof. J. Wyman under the name of /aniceps.* This animal is only known from a study of the inferior aspect of a portion of the skeleton ; nevertheless it is certainly differe:.t, being * Silliman’s Journal Sci. Arts, 1858, p. 158. VERTEBRATES. 14] . nearly double the size, and having relatively longer and stronger anterior limbs. The angles of the mandible appear to have been considerably more incurved than in the Illinois species. They may have belonged to the same genus; in that case the name here given will not prove superfluous, as the older appella- tion was previously applied to a genus of Gadid fishes. The name Amphibamus grandiceps has reference, first, to its two modes of progression ; its flattened oar-like tail enabled it to swim in the waters of the swamps of the coal period, and its elongate, clawed digits indicate ambulatory power; perhaps it climbed upon the low limbs of the Sigillariz that rose above the water. The animal was most probably nocturnal in its habits. The humors of the eye could not have escaped far beyond their natural envelopes, so that the subsequently formed limestone has been hardened, and so fractured in nearly the form of the ball. On the fractured surface, below and under the remaining palpebral scales, the mineral is distinctly blackened, as by the piy- mentum nigrum; below the margin of the lid this is interrupted by a discoid spot of the form and dimensions of an iris, which presents a median lenticular vacuity, again revealing the pigment, obviously the vertical pupil of a nocturnal animal. The preservation of the outline of color is certainly remarkable in a specimen of such great antiquity. A somewhat parallel case occurs in the preservation of the ink-bags of the Sepix; but these do not date further back than the Jurassic. These appearances can not be explained on any supposition of accidental production. : SECTION II. ;CRIPTIONS OF INVERTEBRATES FROM THE CARBONIF- EROUS SYSTEM. By F. B. MEEK anv A. H. WORTHEN. INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS OF TIE KINDERHOOK GROUP. PROTOZOA. SPONGI. PETROSPONGIA. Genus SPHENOPOTERIUM, M. and W. [ogqy, a widge; norpcov, a drinking cup.] Sphenopoterium, Munx and Worruen, Oct., 1860. Pro. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., p. 447. Moke or less cuneate, or irregularly subturbinate, with a few rounded cells or cup-like cavities, opening upwards, or in part, somewhat laterally. Substance comparatively dense, and per- forated by irregular pores or small canals. Walls of cells with more or less obscure vertical striz within. External surface marked by fine irregular, anastomosing, somewhat granular strize. In first proposing the above generic name for the reception of a species of this group from the Keokuk limestone, we supposed the obscure strize seen within the cells might be the remains of rudimentary septa, and hence regarded it as most probably a coral. On taking up the group for more careful study at a later date, and comparing the several known species with various groups of corals, with the view of determining the affinities of the genus, we were unable to find any section of corals apparently bearing even remote relations to it, and sent specimens of the typical species to Prof. A. EH. Verrill, of Yale College, who has devoted especial attention to the corals, with the request that he —19 « Bow ae a OS SS eee a 146 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. should give us some suggestions respecting its affinities. From as careful an examination as could be made without preparing sections for the microscope, Prof. Verrill writes that he thinks it most probably a sponge, and not a coral, which view we have adopted on his authority. Prof. V. says he is not ac- quainted with any nearly allied genus, but that it is remotely allied to some of the Jurassic forms. : So far as known at present, the range of this genus is from the Kinderhook © division of the Subcarboniferous series to the Chester limestone of the same. SPHENOPOTERIUM ENORME, M. and W. Pl. 14, Fig. 1a, 10. Sphenopoterium enorme, MerK and WorTHEN, Oct., 1860. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad. p. 448. SMALL, sub-globose or obtusely subturbinate; irregularly rounded and apparently retaining remains of a scar of attach- ment at the base. Cells four or more, rounded, conical, of moderate depth, and rather irregularly disposed. Surface strie, rather distinct, and broken up into irregular granules. Length or height, about 0.48 inch; greatest transverse diam- eter, about 0.43; breadth of cells, near 0.18 inch. Locality and position: Rockford, Indiana, Gonialite bed, of the Kinderhook group, Subcarboniferous series. Also, in same horizon at Clarksville, Missouri. SPHENOPOTERIUM ENORME, Var. DEPRESSUM. Pl. 14, Fig. 2a, 20. Tus form may possibly belong to a distinct species, but with the specimens we have yet seen, for comparison, we are inclined to regard it as only a variety of the last. It differs mainly in being more depressed, and in having its base flattened, or truncate instead of irregularly conical. Its cells are also more regularly disposed in a quadrangle, and more nearly on a plane. Locality and position: Salt Lick Point, Monroe county, Illinois, in same position as last. INVERTEBRATES. 147 RADDA: = — ECHINODERMATA.. CRIN O1DECA Genus ACTINOCRINUS, Miller. Synon.—Actinocrinites, MinumR, 1821. Nat. His. Crinoidea. Actinocrinus, AGassiz, 1835. Mem. Soc. Sci. Neuchat., 1. Welocrinites, (sp.), Goupr., 1839. Act. Nat. Curios., XIX; (not 1826 Petref. Germ. 1, p. 197.) Melocrinus, (sp.), Bronn, 1848. Nom. Palxont. 1, p. 719; (not Ag. 1835.) Abracrinus, pD’OrBIGNY, 1850. Paleont. Stratigr. 1, p. 156. Conocrinus, Troost, 1850. List Crin. Tenn. Proc. Am. Ass., Cambridge, p. 60. Batocrinus, Cassppay, 1854. Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Gessellsch, VI, p. 237. Eretmocrinus, Lyon and Oassmpay, 1859. Am. Jour. Sci., (2), Vol. XXVIII, p. 241. Alloprosallocrinus, Lyon and CassEpAy, 1860. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. V, p. 29. Uperocrinus, Merk and WortHEN, Aug.,1865. Pro. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., p. 153. * Generic Formula.— Basal pieces, 3. Subradials, 0. Radials, 3-4-5. . Secondary do., 0to lor 2-+10. (Sometimes 1 in 3 rays, and 2 in each of the others. 5 Interradials, 1 to 13, or more. Anal pieces, 3 to 15, or more; the first one resting on the base. Opening of summit, sub-central or central—with or without a proboscis. Arms, 12 to 30, or more. Column, round, with a cylindrical or more or less pentagonal cavity. Body, when divested of the arms and column, presenting every diversity of form, from sub-globose to fusiform, conic, sub-discoid, wheel-shaped, pyriform, etc. The three basal pieces * are arranged so as to form a flattened hexagonal disc, or a more or less elevated cup. Of the five first radial pieces, three * It is very probable that at least a part of the characters generally expressed in what are now called the generic formule of Crinoids, will be found to be rather family characters than generic. , 148 PALMONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. are generally hexagonal, and rest upon the truncated upper side of the basal piece, while the other two are heptagonal, and rest upon the base so as to occupy more or less defined re- treating angles or notches at the sutures dividing the basal pieces. Second primy radials hexagonal, pentagonal or quad- rancular; while the third, upon which the first bifurcation takes place, are pentagonal, hexagonal, or heptagonal. The | secondary radial pieces, which are sometimes, though rarely, wanting, usually vary from one to two in each division of each ray, and support the brachial pieces, excepting where other divisions take place upon intervening pieces. Anal plates varying in number in the different species; the first being usually nearly or quite as large as the first radials, with which it also corresponds in resting directly down upon the basal pieces. . Interradials equally variable in number, ac- cording to the species, and to some extent in different individ- uals of the same species; the first is nearly always larger than the others, and rests between the superior lateral a sides of the first radial pieces. Arms varying in number from twelve to thirty or more, and with rare exceptions all simple after becoming free;—always composed, excepting at their bases, each of a double series of small interlocking pieces, which support tentacles along their . inner sides. Vault composed of variously formed pieces, sometimes in part swelling out into more or less prominent nodes, or even short spine-like projections, either terminating in a slender, more or less elongated, sub-central proboscis, having the open- ing at its summit, or with a simple sub-central opening, with- out a proboscis. Surface of body plates ornamented with radiating coste, nodes or granules, or sometimes nearly or quite smooth. As in other allied types, the visceral cavity is known to have been (in some species at least) provided with a curious — a roan a = INVERTEBRATES. 149 convoluted plate, connected with the digestive apparatus. For an illustration of this organ, as seen in the genus Strotocrinus, see a wood cut given in another part of this volume, in conneéc- tion with the description of that genus. The foregoing description is drawn up so as to exclude some types usually in- cluded in this genus, but which, we think, should be separated as distinct enera. Even as here defined, however, it is susceptible of division into several sections and subordinate groups, as follows: te ACTINOCHRINUWS, Mitrre, (proper.) a.—Groups of arm bases, forming five distinctly separated prominent lobes, some- times including the adjacent parts, in to the third primary radial pieces ; second primary radials nearly always hexagonal; vault provided with an elongated sub-central proboscis, with the opening at its summit; body plates generally ornamented with radiating goste. Actinocrinus triacontadactylus, Minter; A. dorsatus, A. stellarisand A. armatus, % pE Konincx ; A. Lowi, Hat; A. concinnus and A. multiradiatus, SHUMARD? 6.—Differs from the above in having the arm bases not projecting in lobes, and much less distinctly in groups, or sometimes forming a nearly continuous series. A. proboscidialis, A. clarus, A. sexarmatus, A. costatus and A. multibrachiatus, Hait; A. Hurdianus, McCursney ; A. polydactylus, Murr, etc. c.—Agrees with the last, excepting in having the sub-central opening of the vault simple or without a proboscis.* Actinocrinus ornatus, A. cancellatus and A. ventricosus, Hau; A. subventricosus, McCuHeEsney. * We are in considerable doubt in regard to the nature and importance of the dif- ference between species with a simple opening, near the centre of the summit, and those provided with an elongated central or subcentral proboscis, with the opening at its extremity. At one time we were inclined to think this a character of considerable importance, indicating fundamental differences in the structure of the animal; but the fact that we find this difference occurring in various genera of palzozoic crinoids, even after being carefully restricted and grouped upon all other characters, has led us to doubt its value as a generic distinction, and even to suspect that it might have been in some cases a sexual difference, since the Mchinodermata are known to have the sexes distinct. Yet the specific relations of the forms thus distinguished do not seem to sustain this supposition; while the well-known fact that the reproductive organs in the recent Crinoidea are not located within the body, but on the tentacles of the arms, renders it very improbable that the presence or absence of a proboscis could have depended upon the sexof the animal. In a few rare cases species like Actinocri- nus oblatus, Hall, which have a very slender proboscis, seem to have had that appen- dage sometimes accidentally broken away, during the life of the animal, so that the fractured edges of its base become absorbed and round in such a manner as to present 150 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. 2. BATOCRINUS, Cassepay=(Eretmocrinus, Lyon ?) a.—Arm bases not separated into groups or projectiug as lobes, but forming a nearly or quite continuous series all around; body basin-shaped below the arms and about as prominent as the vault; second primary radial pieces almost invariably quadrangular, and: generally wider than long; body plates often tumid, but never marked with radiating costa; proboscis well developed. Actinocrinus (Batocrinus) icosidactylus and A. (B.) irregularis, Cassupay ; A. clypeatus, A. formosus, A. equalis and A. discoideus, Hawt, etc. b,—(Alloprosallocrinus, Lyon and Cassrpay—Conocrinus, Troost.) Only differs® from Batocrinus proper in being flat below the arm bases. A. conicus and A. depressus, Lyon and Cassmepay; A. euconus, M. and W. c.—(Uperocrinus, M. and W.) Differs from Batocrinus proper in haying the body below the arms very narrow, and drawn out so as to formakind of handle to the upper part. Actinocrinus pyriformis, SHUMARD ; A. pistillus and A..pistilliformis, M. and W. d.—Differs from Batocrinus proper in being sub-globose, or depressed so as to become wheel-shaped ; also, in having its body plates less tumid or quite even, and the base more rounded; very rarely with the interradial gpaces emarginated, soas to give astellated outline, as seen from above or below. Actinocrinus rotundatus, Suumarp; A. similis, A. inornatus, A. biturbinatus, A, sinuatus and A. planodiscus, Hauu; A. Christyi, SHumMARD; A. xqui- brachiatas and A. Hageri, McCuEsnny; and A. asteriscus, M. and W. We are very much inclined to the opinion that the Batocrinus group should stand as a distinct genus, but as it seems to shade into Actinocrinus proper, through section 6 of that genus, and palceontologists have generally included it, we have concluded to place it, for the present, as a section, under Actinocrinus. It is worthy of note, however, that it is an American group, and is apparently confined to the Sub-carboniferous rocks. It includes, as we have defined it, a rather wide range of forms, some of which, like our A. asteriscus, if compared without the intermediate links, would seem to be very distinct from the typical species; and yet such forms shade, by easy gradations, through A. xquibrachi- atus, McChesney, A. Christy, and various less depressed species, into A. rotun- datus, and so on through the whole series, so that there seems to be no suffi- ciently defined break to warrant the division of the group even into well marked sub-genera. The genus Actinocrinus, as we have defined it, is readily distinguished from our Steganocrinus, by the remarkable, greatly extended, free, covered rays of exactly the appearance of a naturally simple opening, without any traces of a probos- cis. This we believe to be the case with the specimen of A. Hageri, figured by McChesney. That the difference alluded to, however, could have been thus produced in the typical Actinocrini, in Strotocrinus and various other genera, no one would for a moment believe, after examining good species. awe Py re ‘ae INVERTEBRATES. | RE that type; and from our Sérotocrinus, by the curious expansion of the summit of the latter, formed by the numerous divisions of the rays (with their inter- mediate pieces), between the third primary radials and the free arms. From Amphoracrinus and Agaricocrinus, it is easily distinguished by the lateral open- aa ing of the summit, and general physiognomy of these types. From Megisto- ’ erinus, as properly resticted, it can in most cases, be distinguished by the position and nature of the opening of the summit, as well as by the mode of division of the rays previous to giving off the free arms, and by differences in the general physiognomy of the entire body. From WMacrostylocrinus, Hall, (Cytocrinus, Roemer), it is distinguished by the having its first anal plate rest- ing down upon the base. From WSaccocrinus, with which it agrees in the number and arrangement of its basal, primary radial, and interradial plates, it differs in the irregular manner of the divisions of the rays, and the disposition of their pieces, between the third radials and the base of the free arms in that genus. é M. M. de Koninck and Lehon, in their valuable work on the Crinoidea of the Carboniferous rocks of Belgium, express the opinion that the genus Actino- erinus is confined to the Carboniferous system. In this country, however, we have evidence of its existence as early as during the deposition of the Upper Silurian rocks; several species are also known in our Devonian series. It was during the Subcarboniferous epoch, however, that it attained its greatest devel- ment, particularly while the Burlington limestone was forming. We know of no species of the genus higher in the series than the St. Louis limestone, and the only two species yet found in that rock, belong to the Batocrinus division. -Supcrnus BATOCRINUS, Casseday. Sc. c. (UPEROCRINUS, M. and W.) ACTINOCRINUS PISTILLIFORMIS, M. and W. Pl. 14, Fig. 8. Actinocrinus pyriformis, var. rudis, Mnux and WortHen, June, 1861. Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad,, p. 131; (not A. pyriformis, Saumarp, Geol. Report Mis- souri, p. 192, 1855; nor A. rudis, Hall, Sup. lowa Report, p. 33, 1860.) Actinocrinus pistilliformis, M. and W., Aug., 1865. Pro. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 153. Bopy, exclusive of the proboscis, pyriform, being very navr- row and apparently cylindrical from the base to the top of the 152 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. third radial plates, above which the secondary radial, and brachial pieces, curve abruptly outwards to the base of the arms, so as to form, with the ventricose summit, a much ex- panded visceral cavity, entirely above the basal and primary radial plates. Base unknown; first radials unknown, excepting from some remaining portions of their upper ends, which show that they are comparatively large. Second radials very small, a little wider than long, (those seen) irregularly pentagonal in form, one of the sides being much shorter than the others. Third radials as long as the first, and nearly one-third wider; the — only two visible in our specimen hexigonal in form, and each supporting on its superior sloping sides two secondary radials of about its own size. Hach of these is surmounted by a some- what larger second secondary radial, which in its turn supports two first brachial pieces, each of which is succeeded by a sec- ond, from which the free arms are given off. The two series of secondary radials, and the four series of brachial pieces in each ray, coming in contact laterally, leave no room for inter- axillary and interbrachial pieces. Interradial plates two or three, the first being about the same size as the second radials, and hexagonal or heptagonal in form. Above this there is one or two small pieces of variable size and form, over which the secondary radials, and the lateral series of brachial pieces of the rays on each side, connect all the way up to the free arms, in such a manner as to leave no spaces for interradials, above those just described. (Anal plates unknown.) Dome hemispherical, composed of pentagonal, hexagonal and heptagonal plates of nearly uniform size, each of which is provided with a spine-like tubercle. Proboscis central, or nearly so. Arm openings twenty. Surface smooth or obscure- ly graulose; small rather pointed tubercles are also seen on the second and third radial plates, first interradials, and first secondary radials. co... ee om J INVERTEBRATES. 153 Tn first describing this species, we regarded it as a variety of A. pyriformis, Shumard, for which we proposed the name rudis, not being aware at that time that Prof. Hall had used that name for another species in his Supplement to the Iowa Report. Later comparisons, however, led us to the conclusion that it is specifically distinct from Dr. Shumard’s A. pyriformis, and as the name A. rudis could not be retained for it, we proposed to call it A. pistilliformis. It differs from A. pyriformis, Shumard, in the subspiniferous character of its plates, and in the possession of only two or three interradial plates, instead of six in each interradial space. It also differs in having a more ventricose dome, while the inferior half of its body is more abruptly contracted below the arms, Locality and position: Salt-Lick Point, Marion county, Illinois ; Kinderhook group, of the Subcarboniferous series. MOLLUSCA. BRACHIOPODA. Genus RHYNCHONELLA, Fischer, 1809. (Mem. Soc. Imp., Moscou, ii.) RYNCHONELLA MISSOURIENSIS, Shumard. Pl. 14, Fig. 4a, 46. Rhynchonella Missouriensis, SHUMARD, 1855. 204, pl. C, fig. 5a. 2d Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey Missouri, p. SHELL subtrigonal, subglobose or moderately gibbous; late- ral margins rounded; front somewhat truncated, or a little sinuous in outline; postero-lateral margins converging to the beaks at an angle of about 114°. Dorsal valve more convex than the other, sometimes very gibbous;mesial elevation rather obscure, rarely extending beyond the middle of the valve, occupied by from two to three (rarely four) rounded plica- tions, which generally become obsolete near the middle of the valve; anterior margins on each side of the mesial ridge pro- vided with one or two obscure plications ; beak not prominent. Ventral valve moderately convex in the umbonal and antero- ——2 1) meee Jha fle dt: Lt. Gd aries apes sad ere = a ¢ Vay Upto vit, HIE ip: 437 / Ant Yiviwe Serer ra beret The niFirwhinn 1 Sterenmed + re fam on (an ee ie bee! Ce 7,3 Gi AS) ~ wl ich fe. oy. 7 pret etre aetna roe wn hate -tothtfem 154 | PALMHONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. lateral regions, and. depressed in the middle towards the front, so as to form a rather broad, rounded, moderately deep sinus, occupied by from one to three obscure rounded plications, usu- ally not extending up to the middle of the valve; front curv- ing down and more or less produced in the middle, in.the form of a semicircular or subquadrate projection, fitting into a cor- responding sinus in the margin of the other valve; antero- lateral margins each occupied by two obscure, usually short, rounded plications; beak short, small, and closely incurved upon that of the other valve. Surface apparently smooth, or having only a few subimbricating marks of growth near the front, but showing under a lens traces of exceedingly fine, ‘ nearly obsolete, radiating strize, which are also visible on the lamin of partly exfoliated specimens. Length (of a gibbous specimen), 0.50 inch; breadth, 0.56 inch; convexity, 8.40 inch. This shell varies considerably in form, and in the distinctness of its plica- tions, some individuals being much more gibbous than others; while in some examples (particularly young shells) the plications are almost entirely obso- lete, and in others more distinctly defined, and extending farther up towards the beaks. The obscure, minute, radiating strie, mentioned above, seem to be produced by the fibrous structure of the shell, rather than by true surface mark- ings, since they are visible on all the laminz of exfoliating specimens. On protected portions of well preserved specimens, we have also thought we could sometimes see traces of minute, concentric strie, by the aid of a good lens. We are not quite sure Dr. Shumard is right in regarding figure 56 and 5c, plate C, of the Missouri report, cited above, as a variety of this species, since we have not seen all the intermediate gradations connecting these forms. After a careful comparison of the shell under consideration, with a fine series of Rhynchonella reniformis and R. pugnus, sent by Mr. Davidson, from the Carboniferous limestone of England and Ireland, it seems to us that it will be difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish it from certain varieties of both of these forms, which are themselves regarded by some authors as only varieties of one species. Locality and position: Rockford, Indiana, in the Goniatite bed of the Kin- derhook group, Subcarboniferous series; also at the same horizon at Chouteau Springs, and numerous other localities in Missouri. hy? Le t ot bp ape as wt hott — Ge dy (OI © Me A Meee, A, Am J Senge aa ] = ' /VA ae vase pay 4 bt V PO ery LS igs ING Seamed ae ae zen ‘i Ae (3 DS Y; iy es bg Fe o GL. en74 + pes ee oe pod nS) Pipe broth b Uh. ee Fer £Z 2 es poetee SM i yee Cea & C2224 4, oL Leila ee eae V ae bags Liew is / i 5 ol. a7 pe nate C DP a ay Aas = ae er a AS Oe he (SLL, sheet Aha se & We. tata Mnarer by WiC. 7. INVERTEBRATES. “P55 Genus SPIRIFER, Sowerby, 1815. (Mineral Coch., ii, p. 42.) Suscenus MARTINIA, McCoy. Martinia, McCoy, 1844. Carb. Foss. Ireland, p. 139. Ambocelia, Haut, 1860. Thirteenth Ann. Report Regents Univ., N. Y., p. 71. SPIRIFER COOPERENSIS, Swallow. Pl. 14, Fig. 5a, 55. Spirifer Cooperensis, SwAuLow, 1860. Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., Vol. 1, p. 643. Spirifer semiplicata, Hauu? Dec., 1860. Thirteenth Ann. Report of the Regents Uniy. W. ¥., p. 111. SHELL small, transversely subelliptical, gibbous, greatest breadth generally a little above the middle; lateral margins rounded, converging somewhat towards the front, which is sub- truncate or slightly sinuous in the middle; hinge considerably shorter than the breadth of the shell, rounded at the extremi- ties. -Dorsal valve depressed-convex, provided with a low, scarcely defined mesial elevation, on each side of which are two or three depressed, rounded, obscure plications, rarely traceable to the umbo; beak nearly obsolete, or very small, and scarcely distinct.from the cardinal margin; area small, not incurved. Ventral valve considerably more gibbous than the other, provided with a moderately distinct shallow mesial sinus, which commences very narrow near the beak, and widens rather rapidly to the front, its deepest part being along the middle; lateral slopes on each side of the sinus, having three or four very obscure, depressed plications, similar to those on the other valve; beak prominent, distinctly incurved beyond the hinge line; area small, triangular, arching back over the hinge, moderately well defined; foramen triangular, nearly as wide at the hinge line as on each side, apparently always open. Surface having a few subimbricating concentric marks of a A a a a a a 156 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. erowth, and showing, under a magnifier, indistinct granula- tions. Some specimens have faint indications of two plica- tions within the ventral sinus. Length, 0.38 inch; breadth, 0.35 inch; convexity, 0.26 inch. : As remarked by Prof. Swallow, this species resembles S. dineatus, Martin (sp.), but differs materially in the possession of obscure radiating plications, and in being more distinctly inequivalve. Young specimens also resemble somewhat S. Ure’, Fleming,* but they may always be readily distinguished from that shell by their plications. Locality and position: Same as last. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Grnus CARDIOPSIS, M. and W. Cardiopsis, Munk and WortueEn, June, 1861. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., p. 144. SHELL equivalve, somewhat inequilateral, very slightly ob- lique, ovate or cordiform, entirely closed; beaks rather eleva- ted, distinctly incurved and directed towards the anterior side; surface marked by radiating strie or coste; cardinal margin short and rounding into the posterior border; hinge provided with one or two distinct anterior teeth in each valve, near the beaks. (Ligament and muscular impressions unknown.) _In first describing the species we regard as the type of this genus, we placed it provisionally in the genus Cardiomorpha, de Koninck, stating at the same time that we suspected it to be generically distinct. Prof. Hall has since de- scribed the same species, from the same locality, in the Thirteenth Annual Report of the Regents of the University of New York, under the name of Megambonia Lyoni,t and mentions the presence of two strong anterior teeth in the hinge of one valve. On clearing away the matrix from the hinge of one * Mr. Thomas Dayidson, of London, after a careful comparison of specimens from Illinois, states that he regards Ambocelia gemmula of McChesney, (which had been pre- viously described by Dr. Shumard, in the Missouri Report, under the name of Spirifer planoconveaus), as identical with Spirifer Urei of Fleming. + The genus Megambonia was founded upon Pterinea cardiiformis, Hall, belonging apparently to the Arcidx or Aviculide. INVERTEBRATES. aso of our specimens, we have been able to see traces of the impressions of these teeth, the presence of which establishes, we think, the correctness of our sug- gestion that it does not properly belong to the genus Cardiomorpha. : It is not improbable that some of the species ranged by Prof. de Koninck in his genus—when all their characters can be made out—may be found congeneric with our shell; though it is manifest those he considered the typical species are not, since he distinctly states that the hinge is without teeth, and provided ° with a smooth lamina from the beaks to the posterior extremity, as some of his figures show. In addition to this, all the species described by him, (with one single exception, which is a transverse shell, and apparently a wide departure from his typical species, as well as from ours,) are merely marked by concentric strie, and show no traces of the regular radiating costze seen on our shell. CARDIOPSIS RADIATA, M. and W. Pl. 14, Figs. 6a, 66. Cardiomorpha radiata, Manx and WortneEn, Oct., 1860. Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., p. 448. (Not C. radiata, pp Konincx, 1844. An. Foss., p. 109.) Megambonia Lyoni, Haut, Dec., 1860. Report Regents University, New York, p. 110. SHELL sub-circular, gibbous in the central and umbonal re- gions, a little higher than wide, slightly oblique; basal border more narrowly rounded than the front and anal margins; hinge border short, apparently a little arched; beaks gibbous, rising somewhat above the hinge, abruptly pointed, incurved, and showing a tendency to curve forward at the immediate points; surface ornamented by numerous fine, regular, rather rounded radiating strize, some seven or eight of which may be counted in the space of 0.20 inch, at the middle of the base. Height, about 1.05 inch; length, 0.95 inch ; breadth or convexity, near 0.76 inch. This species is more like Cardiomorpha ovata, Hall, (Iowa Report, p. 522, pl. 7, fig. 10*), from the same horizon (now made the type of a new genus Dexio- bia, by Prof. Winchell), than any other shell’with which we are acquainted, but is more nearly circular in form, has more depressed beaks, and much coarser and more distinct striee, while its umbonal slopes are less prominent. * Not C. ovata, d’Orbigny. 158 PALEONTOLOGY -OF ILLINOIS. Locality and position: Rockford, Indiana, in the Gonaitite bed of the Kin- derhook group; also, in the same horizon at Grafton, Jersey county, Illinois. Subcarboniferous. ; GASTEROPODA. Gunus STRAPAROLLUS, Montfort, 1810. (Conch. Syst., ii, p. 174.) Ir we could rely upon the accuracy of Montfort’s figure and description of the type of his genus Straparollus (S. Dionysi’), little doubt could be enter- ‘tained in regard to its being entirely distinct from Huomphalus, Sowerby, as represented by Sowerby’s typical species L. pentangulatus, H. catillus, and L. nodosus. As Prof. de Koninck, however, after enjoying the advantage of study- ing collections from Montfort’s original locality (Namur), gives figures of S. Dionysti, Montfort (Foss. An. Belg., pl. xxiv.), showing the form of the aper- ture, and the nature of the lower part of the lip to be quite different from what we see in Montfort’s figure, and more nearly as in the types of Euompha- lus, we are probably warranted in adopting the conclusion that these forms are congeneric, and that Montfort’s figures are, as usual, defective. Still, after ad- mitting the correctness of Prof. de Koninck’s identification, and the accuracy of his figures, we can but regard the original types of Huomphalus, with their greatly depressed or nearly planorbicular form, and angular whorls, almost equally visible on either side, as at least subgenerically distinct from the type of Straparollus, with its rounded or non-angulated whorls, smaller umbilicus, . and more prominent spire. Hence we think the name Huomphalus should be retained, in a subgeneric sense, under Straparollus, for the group of which Z. pentangulatus, of Sowerby, is the type. We are aware Prof. McCoy, and some others, regard Huomphalus as typified by LE. pentangulatus, as an exact synonym of Straparollus, and that he proposes to transfer the former name to another group, consisting of rough, Cirrus-like shells, of which L. discoris and £. rugosus, Sowerby, are examples. (See Brit. Pal. Foss., p. 279). Jt seems to us, however, that if the name Huompha- lus is to be retained at all, we should apply it to the forms for which it was originally proposed, and that we have no right to transfer it to another type, because Sowerby subsequently, in another place, refers this other type to his genus Huomphalus. If we regard Straporollus, Montfort, 1810, and Huompha- lus, Sowerby, 1815, as exactly synonymous, then the latter name should be dropped from use, except in the synonymy of Straparollus, and could not, according to the most generally accepted rules of nomenclature, be transferred ’ 4 ‘ INVERTEBRATES. 159 to the Z. discoris group, whether we view these shells as constituting a section of the genus Straparollus, or as an entirely distinct genus. A marked subgenus, apparently of this group, from the Carboniferous rocks of California, was described by one of the writers (I. B. M.) under the name Omphalotrochus, in volume 1 of the Paleontology of that State, p. 15, and fig- ured on pl. 2, fig. 8,8a, of the same report. It isa large, very ponderous shell, having much the form of a depressed Pleurotomaria, with a deep, conical umbilicus, and whorls flattened and biangular around the outer side. Another species of the same type was described by d’ Orbigny, from the Carboniferous rocks of Bolivia, under the name Solariwm antiquum. (See Voyages dans UAmerique Merid., p. 42, pl. 3, figs. 1, 3.) STRAPAROLLUS LENS, Hall, (sp). - Pl. 14, Fig. 7a, 76. Huomphatus lens, Haut, Dec., 1860. Thirteenth Ann. Rept. Regents Univ. N.Y., p.109. SHELL rather under medium size, lenticular; spire much de- pressed, or rising little above the body whorl; volutions about four, increasing moderately in size, nearly flat, with an out- ward slope above—the slope being about coincident with that of the spire—last one angular around the periphery, and rather distinctly convex and rounded below; suture (in casts at least) well defined; umbilicus deep, less than the breadth of the outer whorl at the aperture. Surface unknown. Aper- ture transversely subovate, or subrhombic in outline. Height of one of the largest specimens, 0.35 inch; greatest breadth, 0.60 inch; height of aperture, 0.19 inch; breadth of aperture, 0.25 inch. ‘The only specimens of this species we have seen not being in a condition to show the nature of the lip, or the surface lines of growth, it is difficult to de- termine, very satisfactorily, its generic relations. It has the form of some of the lenticular species of Pleurotomaria, but there are no evidences manifest, in any of the specimens we have examined, of a spiral band, as in that genus; hence it seems to belong toa paleeozoic group of lenticular forms, usually refer- red to Huomphalus, as that name is generally used in its widest signification. It is not a typical Huamphalus, however, and if falling within the genus Strap- 160 . PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. allous, should be regarded as belonging to a distinct section from the type of that genus. F Locality and position: Same as last. Also in the Chouteau limestone of Moniteau and other adjoining counties of Missouri, and in the same position in this State. Genus BELLEROPHON, Montfort, 1810. (Conch. Syst., ii, p. 174.) BELLEROPHON CYRTOLITES, Hall. Pl. 14, Fig. 8a, 80. Bellerophon cyrtolites, Hat, Dec., 1860. Thirteenth Ann. Report Regents University IM YES 195 LOYo ; ' SHELL small, sub-lenticular ; sides converging with a slightly convex outline, from near the umbilicus to the prominent angular periphery; volutions apparently about two and a half, increasing rather rapidly in size, each of those within, about three-fourths embraced by the suceeeding turn, last one becom- ing obtusely angular around the umbilicus; aperture cordate; lips broadly and deeply sinuous at the dorsal angle; umbilicus (in casts) about one-third the breadth of the outer whorl, deep and conical; surface of casts retaining obscure traces of marks of growth, which in crossing the sides of the whorls from the umbilicus, make a graceful curve forward, and in approaching the dorsal angle, curve very strongly backwards, so as to indi- cate the presence of a very profound but not sharply defined sinus, in the lip. Greater diameter of a large specimen, 0.66 inch; breadth at the aperture, 0.35 inch. This species belongs to a section of lenticular species, for which one of the writers has proposed the name Zropidodiscus,* with B. curvilineatus, of Conrad, as its type. These shells differ from the type of the genus Bellerophon (B. vasulites), Montfort, in their lenticular form, often carinated dorsum without a * Proceed. Chicago Acad. Sci., Vol. 1, p. 9, March, 1866. INVERTEBRATES. 161 defined band, open umbilicus, and in not having the inner lip callous and spread over the inner whorls. They seem also to have been thinner shells than the typical Bellerophons, and may belong to an entirely distinct genus. -- Specifically, the form under consideration seems to approach B. Deslon- champsti, V Orbigny, from the Upper Silurian, (referred by that author to Oyrto- lites, of Conrad), but has its dorsum more angular, and its aperture narrower, than d’Orbigny’s species. Locality and position: Rockford, Indiana; in the Goniatite bed of the Kin- derhook group. Subcarboniferous. CEPHALOPODA. Genus NAUTILUS, Linnzeus, 1758. (Syst. Nat. Ed., 10, t.1I, p. 709.) Suscgenus TREMATODISCUS, M. and W. Trematodiscus, Muzx and WorTHEN, 1861. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., p. 147. WE proposed to range under the above subgeneric name, a peculiar group of Nautili, which differ so materially from the living typical species of Nautilus, that few Conchologists would place them even in the same genus, if they were found inhabiting our present seas. These shells are characterized by a discoid form, and a wide, shallow umbilicus, usually, if not always, perforated in the middle, and showing all the inner turns. Their whorls are slender, very slightly embracing or merely in contact, and provided with revolving angles and grooves; while the surface is frequently ornamented with distinct revoly- ing strie. The siphuncle is central, or located between the middle and the dorsal side, though never quite marginal. In first publishing descriptions of some of the forms included in this sub- genus, we proposed to retain for it Prof. King’s abandoned name, Discus. As this name had, however, been previously used by Fitzinger in 1833, for a group of Helicidz, and by Prof. Haldeman in 1840, for a group of Limnzxidz, it became necessary to introduce a new name for the forms under considera- tion. Although in some respects analagous to Discites, of McCoy, these shells differ from the typical forms of that group in having a perforated umbilicus; while the whorls are less compressed, narrower, and provided with several distinct revolving angles and grooves. They also differ in being often ornamented with well defined revolving lines. 162 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. In the perforated character of the umbilicus, the shells of this group may not differ from some other sections of discoid fossil Nautili, but in the posses- sion of several distinct revolving grooves and angles, with strong longitudinal striz, they seem to be quite peculiar. The group appears to be mainly, if not almost exclusively confined to the Carboniferous system, and will include the following foreign species: Nautilus stygialis, N. Edwardsianus, N. Omalianus and WV. pinguis,* de Koninck, together with JV. sulcatus, N. cariniferus, etc., of Sowerby. i After proposing the foregoing name and description for this ancient group of Nautili, we observed that Prof. McCoy had proposed in his “Carboniferous Fossils of Ireland,” p. 20, 1844, the name Temnochielus, for a group of Carbon- iferous species, including some of the same species for which our name Zrema- todiscus was proposed. As his subgenus, however, embraced a much wider diversity of forms than ours, it may be found convenient to restrict it to such types as his first species WV. biangulatus, N. pinguis (McCoy, not de Kon.), and JV. globatus, as proposed by one of the writers (Palzeont. Up. Mo., p. 64), during the past year; while Zrematodiscus may be retained for the forms agree- ing with the types for which it was proposed. As noticed in the Paleent. Up. Mo., above cited, Blainville had in 1824 (Dect. Sc. Nat. Tom. XXXII, p. 185), included some of the same forms fall- ing within the group Zrematodiscus, in Montfort’s proposed genus Simplegades, but it is evident from Montfort’s figure and description, that his type of Sim- plegades, was an Ammonite or a Ceratite, and hence his name could not prop- erly be retained for the forms under consideration. G. B. Sowerby (Conch. Man., 276, 1842) also falls into the same error, and places Nautilus sulcatus, Sowerby, under Montfort’s name Simplegas, or Sim- plegades, and yet admits that Montfort’s type has sinuous septa like the Ammo- nites. NAvTILUS (TREMATODISCUS) TRISULCATUS, M. and W. Pl. 14, Fig. 10a, 106, 10¢. Nautilus (Discus) trisulcatus, Mpux and WortueEn, Oct., 1860. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., p. 470. , Nautilus (Trematodiscus) trisulcatus, M. and W., June, 1861. Ib., p. 148. SHELL under medium size, discoidal; umbilicus wide, of moderate depth, and showing nearly all of each inner whorl, * Not VV. pinguis, McCoy. INVERTEBRATES. 163 volutions slender, increasing very gradually in size, a little broader transversely than the diameter from the dorsum to the ventral margin, somewhat ventricose and rounded on each side, and provided with a deep rounded sulcus along each dorso-lateral margin. Between these two sulci the dorsum is narrow, prominent, and less deeply concave, the sulcus being bounded on each side by an angle. Sur- face retaining traces of rather strong, regular, longitudinal lines. Septa deeply concave, moderately close—their margins arching distinctly backwards in each of the dorsal depressions. Siphuncle rather small, and placed a little nearer the dorsal than the ventral side. Greatest diameter of a specimen retain- ing about one-third of the outer chamber, 2.23 inches; breadth of last whorl, about 0.87 inch. This species bears'some resemblance to certain varieties of NV. sulcatus, of Sowerby, as figured by deKoninck (An. Foss., pl. XLVII, fig. 10, and pl. XLVIII, figs. 8 and 9), but differs in the number and arrangement of its re- volving angles, and in the possession of longitudinal striz. It is still more nearly allied to NV. Kdwardsianus, de Koninck (Sup. An. Foss., pl. LIX, fig. 7a, b, c,), but differs in having less compressed whorls, which are rounded instead of angular around the umbilicus; while its dorsal carinez are less promi- nent. Our specimen being merely a cast, we have no means of determining how near these two forms may have agreed in the details of their surface markings. Locality and position: Rockford, Indiana, in the Goniatite bed of the Kin- derhook Group, Subcarboniferous series. NAvtILus pigonus, M. and W. Pl. 14, Fig. 9a, 96, 9e, 9d. Nautilus (Diseus) digonus, Mexx and Worrumn, Oct., 1860. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., p. 470. SHELL small, subdiscoidal; umbilicus comparatively large, showing all of each inner whorl, apparently perforate; volu- tions slender, increasing very gradually in size, a little broader . 164 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. transversely than the diameter from the dorsum to the ventral margin, nearly flat, and provided with two shallow longitudi- nal grooves on the dorsal side, and distinctly angular around each dorso-lateral margin, thence rounding regularly into the umbilicus. Surface of cast retaining traces of regular, equidis- . tant, longitudinal lines, and much finer closely arranged trans- verse striz. Aperture and section of the whorls nearly semi- circular, the outer or dorsal side being almost straight, and the inner rounded. Septa distinctly concave on the side next the aperture; their margins curving abruptly forward in crossing the dorso-lateral angles, thence deflected backwards in the dorsal grooves, and passing nearly straight across the middle of the dorsum. Siphuncle small, located about one-third the diameter of each septum from the dorsal side. Length, or greatest diameter of a specimen, about one-third of the outer whorl of which is non-septate, 1.25 inches; height, 1 inch; breadth across the outer whorl, near the aperture, 0.62 inch; diameter of same from the dorsal to the ventral side, 0.40 inch. Prof. Hall figures in the Thirteenth Ann. Report Regents University N. Y., p- 105, under the name of Gyroceras gracile, a fragment of a shell apparently related to this species. As he does not say, however, in his brief description, whether it has rounded or angular whorls, and his figure is merely an outline wood cut, we are Icft in some little doubt whether it may not be a fragment of a variety of the species before us, especially as it came from the same locality and position, and appears to agree in its surface markings. The measurements of its proportional vertical and transverse diameters, however, would seem to indicate narrower whorls and a more compressed form than in our shell, while his figure represents the undulations of the septa in crossing the dorsum as dif- fering somewhat from those of our species. If they should prove to be identi- cal, however, our name will have to take precedence, since our description was published more than a month in advance of Prof. Hall’s. Even if specifically distinct, we have little doubt in regard to the shell described by Prof. Hall be- longing to the same group as ours. Locality and position: Rockford, Indiana, in the Goniatite bed of the Kin- derhook Group. Subcarboniferous. Also, at the same horizon in Jersey county, Illinois, and at several places in Central Missouri. INVERTEBRATES. 165 Genus GONIATITES, de Haan. Goniatites, DEHAAN, 1825. Monogr. Ammonites et Goniatites. Aganides [2], Montrort, 1808. Conch. Syst., I, p. 30. Ireit could be demonstrated that Groniatites, de Haan, is synonymous with Aganides, of Montfort, as is believed by some eminent Palceontologists, we would be compelled by the law of priority to adopt Montfort’s name for the genus. The locality cited by Montfort (Namur, Belgium), would certainly favor the conclusion that his type was a Goniatite; but as neither his figure, nor his description, enables us to decide beyond doubt, whether it was a Gonia- tite, or, as Hermannsen and others maintain, an Aturia, we do not feel warrant- ‘ed at present in adopting his name for the Goniatite group. Indeed his figure shows apparently some faint indications of a nearly central siphuncle. If this is not merely an accident of shading, and was really intended to indicate the posi- tion of the siphuncle, it would settle the question that it was at least not a Gon- iatite, and that Montfort must have been mistaken in regard to the locality from which his type was obtained. Until this question can be more definitely settled, we prefer to retain de Haan’s name Goniatites for this genus. GontatitEs Tyont, M. and W. Pl. 14, figs. lla, 110, lle. Goniatites Lyoni, Merk and WorTHEN, Oct., 1860. Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 471. Goniatites hyas, Hatt, Dec., 1860. Thirteenth Ann. Rept. Regents Univ. N. Y., p. 102. SHELL compressed, discoidal; umbilicus large or nearly twice the breadth of the outer whorl from the dorsal to the ventral side, shallow and showing about four-fifths of each inner whorl. Volutions slender and increasing very gradually in size, com- pressed or ebout one-third deeper from the dorsal to the ventral side than the transverse diameter; rather narrowly rounded on the dorsum, and provided with a shallow concavity along the inner side for the reception of each succeeding inner whorl. Septa moderately distinct, and deeply divided into six* lobes and six saddles; dorsal lobe longer than wide, infundibuliform * The sixth lobe is at the middle of the ventral side, and not visible externally. 166 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. and acutely pointed; dorsal saddle as long as the dorsal lobe, but wider and rounded at the extremity; superior lateral lobe lanceolate, a little longer than the dorsal lobe, acutely pointed at the end and somewhat contracted above; lateral saddle lin- guiform, longer and narrower than the dorsal saddle; inferior lateral lobe similar to the superior, excepting that it is some- what smaller; ventral saddle shorter and broader than the lateral saddle, slightly oblique, and rounded at the end. As remarked by Prof. Hall, this species ,bears some remote relations to Goniatites chemungensis of Vanuxem (Report 3d Geol. Dist. N. Y., p. 182), but differs very materially in the number of its lobes, there being five or six visible in each septum on each side of Vanuxem’s species, and only two in ours. It is much more nearly like G. mixolobus, Phillips, as figured in his Palzeozoiec Fossils, pl. LI, fig. 2356, and Geol. Yorks., part II, pl. XX, fig. 43-47; but presents well defined differences in its septa, particularly in the dorsal lobe. Phillips’s species is said to occur both in the Carboniferous and Devonian rocks of England. As our. description of the species under consideration was printed and dis- tributed more than a month in advance of the publication of Prof. Hall’s figures and description, our name will have to take precedence, in accordance with the established usages of naturalists. Should it ever be demonstrated that Montfort’s type of Aganides was a true Goniatite, the name of the species here described will of course become Agan- ides Lyont, since Montfort’s name has priority of date. Locality and position: Rockford, Indiana, from the Goniatite bed of the Kinderhook group. Subcarboniferous. = INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS OF THE BURLINGTON GROUP. RADIATA. ECHINODERMATA. CRINOIDEA. . Genus DICHOCRINUS, Miller. Synon.— Platycrinus (var.), Minurr, 1821. Nat. Hist. Crinoidea, 114; (not ib. p. 74.) Platycrinus (sp.), Puwurs, 1836. Geol. Yorks., Il; Austin (sp.), 1843, Monogr. Crinoidea. Dichocrinus, Munster, 1838. Bietrag. Z. Petref., 1. 2 Cotyledonocrinus, CAsszDay and Lyon, 1859. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. iv, p. 26. The generic formula of this group, given by M. M. de Koninck and Lehon, in their valuable ‘“ Recherches sur les Crinoides du Terrain Carbonifere de Bel- geque,” p. 146, is as follows: Basal pieces, 2. Radial pieces, 4, one of which is large, +-5. Interradial pieces unknown. Anal pieces, 1 known, very large, resting on the base. Number of arms, 10. Since this formula was published, a number of species have been described in this country, some of which seem to show that it should be slightly modi- fied, probably as follows: Basal pieces, 2. Radial pieces, 2 to 42.5; the first always much larger than the others. Interradial pieces, 4 to 5. Anal pieces, 1 to 5; one large and resting on the base. Arms, 10, bifurcating, ot » Ja ass 168 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. From what is now known, this genus may be described as follows: Basal pieces two, hexagonal, and forming when uni- ted, an obconic or more or less depressed cup. The five first radial pieces very large, resting directly upon the base, two upon each basal piece, and the anterior one in a notch at one end of the suture between the latter. Succeeding radial pieces one to three in each ray,* very small, the last supporting the arms, which in the typical forms of the genus, are slender and more or less frequently bifurcating. First anal piece nearly or quite as large as the first radial, and resting upon the base between them, in a notch at one end of the suture between the basals; the remaining anals small, and not very distinct from the vault pieces. Interradials four or five, very small, and similar to the vault pieces, resting in small notches at the superior lateral angles of the first radials. "The vault of D. pocillum, Hall, is described as consisting of few plates; one between the bases of each two of the arms being larger than the others, while on the anal side, it has numerous small plates with a minute opening, and the whole crowned by a single, much larger plate than any of the others. Several of the species described by Casseday and Lyon, seem to have a similar vault. Austin’s figurs of D. elongatus, would appear to have the vault terminated by a moderately produced proboscis, with a rounded entire extremity; but as he says some of his specimens (including the one-from which the figure alluded to was drawn) have but five pieces in the next range about the base, it is pro- bable the one figured with a proboscis is a true Platycrinus. In the simplicity of the structure of its body, this genus resembles Platy- crinus and Hexacrinus, but is readily distinguished from both by its bipartite base. It is more nearly allied, however, to Pterotocrinus, of Lyon, with which it agrees in the number of its basal pieces, and in having the five first radial, and the first anal pieces resting directly upon the base. It differs, however, widely in the structure of the parts above, particularly in not possessing the greatly developed interbrachial appendages of Pterotocrinus, and in haying the * Mr. Lyon has suggested that there may be some error in Austin’s figures repre- senting four primary radials, in their D. fusiformis, which is certainly very probable, since none of the other species are known to have more than three of these pieces to each ray; and as but one species is supposed to have only two, it is highly probable that the normal number is three. ey INVERTEBRATES. 169 radial pieces above the first one always well developed. The general form of the entire body in these two genera, is likewise very different. The proposed genus Cotyledonocrinus, Cassedy and Lyon, appears to agree exactly in all respects with Dichocrinus, excepting that it has no anal piece on a range with the five first radials, and in contact with the base. This feature, however, as suggested by Dr. Shumard, is proba®ly abnormal. If not, it may be a good generic distinction. So far as known, the genus Dichocrinus was peculiar to the Carboniferous epoch. x Dicuocrinus conus, M. and W. Pl. 16, Fig. 5a, 50. Dichocrinus conus, Mux and Wortumn, Sept.,1860. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil., p.381. Bopy large, abconical, longer than wide, composed of rather thin smooth plates, connected by close fitting linear sutures. Base comparatively large, a little wider than high, tapering rather rapidly to the small inferior extremity, which is trun- cated, and provided with a small, shghtly projecting rim; both pieces presenting a subtrigonal general outline, though really hexagonal, if we count the slightly salient angles between the shallow sinuosities in the upper margins; columnar facet small, round, or a little oval. Radial pieces large, longer than wide, presenting an oblong outline, slightly wider above than at the base; all more or less convex on the inferior margin, which in the anterior ray is provided with an obtuse mesial angle; sinus in the upper edge of each, for the reception of the succeeding range of plates, near one-third as wide as the superior margin, _ and excavated down about one-fifth the length of the plate, its lower edge projecting rather distinctly outwards. First anal plate as large as the first radials, and having much the same form, excepting that it is provided with a distinct mesial angle above, as well as below. Hach first radial, as well as the first anal plate, has an ob- scure, rounded prominence, extending down the middle to its —22 170 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. base, so as to give the body a slightly hexagonal outline as seen from below. ‘These prominences are also continued on down upon the basal pieces, gradually becoming obsolete as they converge towards the narrow lower extremity. Length, to the summit of the first radial pieces, 1.28 inch; breadth, about 1.16 inch; height of base, 0.58 inch; breadth of do., 0.76 inch. This species is so nearly like Dichocrinus lxvus, Hall (Sup. Geol. Report, Towa, part 2, p 83), that we were at one time inclined to think it might be- long to the same species. A more careful comparison, however, with the origi- nal specimen from which Prof. Hall’s description and diagram were made out, leads us to regard it as distinct. In the first place, the specimen under con- sideration is much larger than that described by Prof. Hall, and differs in having the second radials more deeply inserted into the upper margins of the first. It likewise differs in the possession of obtuse ridge-like prominences down the middle of the first radial and first anal plates. Again, its first anal plate terminates in a mesial angle above, instead of being truncated, and a lit- tle excavated in the middle. It is perhaps more nearly allied to D. intermedius, de Koninck and Lehon (Crinoides Ter. Carb. Belg., p. 150), though it differs in having deeper and narrower sinuses in the upper margins of the first radials. It also differs in having the upper extremities of the first radials and first anal plate more incurved, and in the possession of an obtuse mesial prominence on each of these plates. . Locality and position: Burlington, Iowa, Burlington Limestone, of Lower Carboniferous series. Genus PLATYCRINUS, Miller. Synon.—Astropodium (sp.), URE, 1793. Hist. Rutherglen, p.326; (not Defrance, 1819.) Nave Encrinite, Parxinson, 1811. Organic Remains, II, p. 223. Platycrinites, Mruurr, 1821. Nat. Hist. Crinoidea; Schlot., 1823, Nachtr. Zur Petrefakt. Th., 1, 1822, and others. Platycrinus, AGAssiz,1834. Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuch., 1, p. 197, and others. 2 Marsupiocrinites, Puinuirs, 1839. Murch. Sil. Syst., p. 672. Centrocrinus, AUSTIN, 1843. Mongr. Recent and Foss. Crinoidea, p. 6. Pleurocrinus, Austin, 1843. Ib. : Ldwardsocrinus, D’OrBigny, 1850. Prodr. Paleont. Strat. 1, p. 157. 2 Cupellxocrinus, (TRoosT), SHUMARD, 1865. Cat. Paleozoic Foss., part 1, Ech., p. 361. “INVERTEBRATES. . 171 1 The following is the formula of this genus, as given by de Koninck and 7 Lehon, in their “‘Recherches Sur les Orinoides Carb. de la Belgique :” ‘Basal pieces, 3, forming an expanded cup. Radials, 2°. (one of which is large, and one small) +5. Anals, 1 large, or 3 small. Interradials, 1-4. Number of arms, 10, 20, 30 or 35, according to the species.’’ CoLumN generally round near the body, more or less com- pressed, and often tortuous below. Base pentagonal, depressed, basin-shaped, or nearly flat, composed of one small quadrangu- = lar piece and two larger pentagonal pieces, all of which are generally anchylosed. First primary radials large, and resting on the base; second primary radial pieces small, trigonal or pentagonal, and occupying a depression in the upper margin of each first radial—usually supporting on their sloping sides the first divisions of the arms. Arms ascending, or often, at first, extending nearly or quite horizontally from the body, and bifurcating more or less fre- quently, according to the species; all the divisions being pro- vided with tentacles. Dome composed of numerous irregular pieces, usually tuber- cular, or sometimes forming spines; ventricose, more or less depressed, or often produced in the form of an extended cylin- drical proboscis. Opening lateral, or nearly central. As first proposed by Miller, this genus was badly defined, and it is manifest that its author himself had no very clear ideas of its limits, since he also in- cluded in it species of Pentremites, Say, Dichocrinus, Munster, and of his own genus Actinocrinus. Later writers, however, have restricted it within far more natural limits, and, as now generally understood, Miller’s first species, P. levis, seems to be regarded as the typical form of the genus. In this and the closely * It is worthy of note that although de Koninck and Lehon give two radials (one large and one small) as the number, that their Fig. 1, Pl. VI, of P. levis, Miller, shows clearly 3 radials, one large and two small. As others figure and describe it as having - only two, this may be only an abnormal variety. It will be seen, however, that our P. parvulus, described on page 163 of Proceed. Acad. N. S., Philad., Aug., 1861, also has three prjmary radials to each ray, while the arms are composéd each of a single series of pieces. : 172 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. allied species, the body is more or less hemispherical below the arms, while the dome terminates above in a long, generally stout, central or subcentral probos- cis, closed at the summit, but apparently pierced by a small aperture on one side, near the upper extremity. In these typical forms the arms bifurcate once, or oftener, near the body, beyond which they are simple, and composed — a at first of a single series of wedge-shape pieces, passing more or less gradually into a double series of small interlocking pieces, supporting numerous tentacles. _ Other species, however, generally included in the genus, have no proboscis, but — a simple aperture in the summit, located either laterally or nearly centrally ; while some of these have the arms composed of a double series of interlocking pieces, and others of a single series of wedge-shaped pieces,* neither of these peculiarities in the structure of the arms being always especially coincident with apparently any one of the other characters mentioned. From the foregoing remarks it will be seen that the group, including species agreeing with the given formula, may be divided, as (in part) suggested by the Messrs. Austin, into the following four sections : + 1. PLATYCRINUWS, (typical.) With the summit terminating in a more or less elongated, central or subcentral proboscis, bearing the opening on one side, near the upper extremity. Type. WP. lxvis; Miller; also includes P. spinosus and P. 30-dactylus, Austin ; P. Mullerianus, de Koninck, and P. granulatus, Miller. 2. CENTROCRINUS, Austin. Opening of summit nearly or quite central, but not elevated upon a proboscis. Type. WP. [ Centrocr.| gigas, Gilbertson. 3. PLEUROCKHRINUS, Avsrin. Differs from Centrocrinus mainly in having the opening of the summit lateral, and nearly or quite on a line with the arm bases. Examples: P. [Plewrocr.] mucronatus, Austin; P. [Plewrocr.| tuberculatus, Mil- ler; P. [Pleurocr.] tuberosus, and P. [Pleurocr.| subspinosus, Hall; P. (Pleu- rocr.) asper, Meek and Worthen, etc., etc. 4. MARSUPIOCRINITES, Paxtirs, a—Differs from Platycrinus proper only in having its second radial pieces merely rudimentary, or so small as te allow the first brachials to rest partly upon the first radials. Type. WM. celatus, Phillips. b.—(Cupellzocrinus, Troost,) Differs fromthe last only in having a subcentral opening without a proboscis. Type. 2. Tennesseensis, Roemer. * P. nodobrachiatus, Hall, Iowa Report, p. 542, 1858 (not P. nodobrachiatus, Hall, 1861;=P. perasper, M. and W., 1865), is an American example of this genus, with a single series of pieces in each arm. It is worthy of note, that the type of Hdwardso- crinus, d’Orbigny, has arms composed each of a single series of pieces, though it was not upon this character, but upon the erroneous supposition that it had five basal pieces, that he proposed to separate it from Platycrinus. ‘j + Monogr. Recent and Fossil Crinoidea, p. 6. —s INVERTEBRATES. 173 In regard to the value and importance of the characters distinguishing these sections, Palzontologists will probably always differ. Hitherto these differ- ences have scarcely been noticed, even by the most respectable authorities, excepting as one of the means of distinguishing species. From all analogy, however, it seems reasonable to suppose that they were accompanied by corres- _ ponding modifications in the structure of the softer parts of the animal. It will also be observed that they correspond, in part, almost exactly to the char- acters distinguishing divisions of the allied Actinocrinus group. For instance, the species embraced in the section Plewrocrinus differ from the typical forms of Platycrinus, almost precisely as Agaricocrinus and Amphoracrinus do from the typical species of Actinocrinus. . The genus Platycrinus seems to have been introduced during the Upper Silurian Epoch, though these earlier species generally depart more or less from the typical Carboniferous forms, as we sce in the type of the subgenus Cupel- lzocrinus, for instanee, and P. pluwmosus, Hall. The Devonian species hitherto referred to this genus, are said by de Koninck to all belong to the allied genus Hexacrinus. This group certainly uttained its maximum development during 4 the Carboniferous Epoch, which it seems not to have survived. Suscenus PLEUROCRINUS, Austin. PLATYCRINUS SUBSPINOSUS, Hall. Pl. 15, Fig. 6. Platycrinus subspinosus, HAuL, 1858. Geol. Report Iowa, Vol. I, part II, p. 536, pl. 8, figs. 9 and 10. : Bony, including the summit and second radials, subhemi- spherical, being nearly flat below and gibbous above; decahedral in outline, as seen from beneath, with the arms and second : radials removed. Base pentagonal in outline, flat or scarcely . visible in a side view, broadly and deeply concave in the mid- dle; margins distinctly beveled; sutures a little impressed near the beveled lateral margins. First radials hexagonal, as seen from below, joining nearly horizontally around the base, but curving abruptly upwards on each outer lateral margin. to con- nect with the interradial and crown pieces, where they have each an addition lateral angle, not visible from beneath; lateral 174 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. and inferior (inner) margins distinctly beveled, like the basal pieces. Second radials about half as large as the first, from the truncated outer ends of which they extend out nearly hori- zontally, or even decline slightly below the horizon of the base, presenting a pentagonal inferior view, and curving strongly upwards on each side to connect with the vault pieces. Inter- radials rather small, hexagonal or heptagonal, and rising ver- tically from the upturned edges of the first radials. Anal piece not much larger than the interradials, and apparently octagonal. The arms, after the first bifurcation on the second radial pieces, extend out horizontally, or even decline a little at first, and then curve gradually upwards; they all bifurcate regularly again on the second piece, the inner subdivisions generally bifurcating a third time on the second piece, while one, or sometimes two of these subdivisions divide again, so as to make 37 (probably sometimes 40) arms in the entire series. The arms are rounded on the outside, gradually tapering; and immediately after the last division, each is at first composed of one, two, or three wedge-formed pieces, beyond which they soon pass into a double series of small alternating pieces, supporting on the inner side a double row of thick, closely-arranged tenta- . cles. The summit is composed of various formed plates, each of which rises in the middle into a short spine or prominent tubercle. These pieces extend out from the vault, so as to form the summit of each ray nearly to the second bifurcation. The anal opening is small, lateral and surrounded by small, rather protuberant pieces. Entire surface finely and rather _ obscurely granulose. We are under obligations to Mr. Charles Wachsmuth, of Burlington, Lowa, for the use of the beautiful, unique specimen from which our figure and descrip- ' tion of this species have been made out. It is one of the finest, if not the finest ~ specimen of Platycrinus ever found, being so completely detached from the matrix that almost every part of the skeleton, excepting the column, which is . INVERTEBRATES. . LS wanting, can be seen nearly as well as in a living Crinoid. It is evidently closely related to P. discoideus of Owen and Shumard (Owen’s Report Wiscon- sin, lowa and Minnesota, p. 588, pl. 5 A, fig. 1a, 10), with which Dr. Shumard thinks it may be identical; but as neither the specimen described by Prof. Hall, nor that figured by us, shows any traces of the peculiar ridges and other sculp- turing seen on the first radial pieces of P. discoideus, we think these forms specifically distinct. Locality and position: Burlington, Jowa; Burlington limestone, of Lower Carboniferous series. Genus CYATHOCRINUS, Miller. Synon.—Lncrinus (sp.), Urn, 1793. History of Rutherglen; (not of others). Encrinites (sp.), Scunor, 1813. Jahrb, 91-89; Petrefact., 1820; (not Miller and others.) Cyathocrinites, Minuer, 1821. Nat. Hist. Crinoidea, p 85; Quenst., 1835, Weem. Arch., p. 11, 89. Cyathocrinus, AGASSIz, 1834. Mem. Soc. Sc. Nat. Neuch., ii, and others. Pachycrinites, KoHwaup, 1840. Bull, St. Petersb. vii, p. 78. 2 Hupachycrinus, Mnnx and WoRTHEN, 1865. Proeeed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, p. 159. Generic formula.— ‘ Basal plates, 5. Subradials, 5. Radials, 3-5, the first large and the others small. Anal pieces, 2 or 3. The base in this genus is composed of five pieces, which are generally of equal size and form, and united so as usually to present a pentagonal outline. Subradial plates five, alterna- ting with the basal pieces; four of them more or less distinctly hexagonal, and one heptagonal, the latter being generally trun- cated above for the reception of the first anal piece, and some- times supporting on its right superior sloping side, a subanal piece intercalated between it and one of the first radials. First radial plates large, truncated and more or less sinuous above, for the reception of the second radials, usually all alter- nating with the subradials. Second and third radials small, the third being pentagonal or subtrigonal, and supporting the arms. First true anal plate resting upon the truncated upper side of one of the subradials, and inserted between two of the first 176 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. radials. The arms are usually strong and variously branched, each division being probably always composed of a single range of pieces. The vault is composed of a comparatively small number of pieces, and is provided with a central oral, and an entirely distinct, lateral anal opening, one of which is, according to de Koninck and Lehon’s description, and Austin’s figures, pro- duced in the form of a short proboscis. In the number and arrangement of the pieces composing that portion of the body below the arm bases, this genus is very similar to Poteriocrinus, but in the structure of the upper part of the body, these two groups are remarkably distinct. For instance, the vault of Cyathocrinus is comparatively very low, or merely arched a little above the attachment of the arm bases, and provided with a central or subcentral oral opening, sometimes a little produced asa short proboscis, and an entirely distinct lateral anal opening; while in Poteriocrinus the whole summit is enormously extended in the form of a great proboscis, © often as wide as the entire body, or sometimes much wider above, and nearly or quite as long as the arms, with (according to Austin) a single opening at its summit. These we regard as the most important differences between these two genera. : Other less striking differences, however, are usually observable between the species of these groups, such, for instance, as the more obconical form of the body in the typical species of Potertocrinus, which also generally have one or two more anal pieces included in the walls of the body, below the summit of the first radial pieces, than in Cyathocrinus. Again, in most cases, they like- wise haye one of the first radials (that on the right of the anal series) resting upon the truncated upper extremity of one of the subradials, instead of all alternating with the subradials as is usually the case in Cyathocrinus. These latter peculiarities of structure, however, are not constant in either of these groups. The genus Cyathocrinus, as properly restricted, seems to be, as maintained by M. M. de Koninck and Lehon, Pictet and some others, mainly, if not entirely, confined to the Carboniferous and Permian rocks. We are aware several species have been referred to it from the Silurian and the Devonian strata, but nearly all of these not clearly belonging to other established genera, present more or less marked differences in the parts known, from the typical Carboniferous species; while none of them are known to possess the two distinct openings in the summit, characterizing the typical species of Chathocrinus. The only Silurian species known to us, referred with probable correctness to INVERTEBRATES. awd this genus, the arms of which have been discovered, is C. bulboses, Wall (Fif- teenth Report Regents Univ. N. Y,, p. 123, pl. 1. fig. 19-20), from the Upper Helderberg rocks. In this the hemispherical or bulb-like body is extremely small compared with the remarkably robust arms, which are long, spread out horizontally, and bifurcate several times without diminishing in size, so that it is manifest they could not have been capable of being raised into an erect or ver- tical posture, and folded together like those of most other paleeozic crinoids. Indeed it seems difficult to conceive how an animal with so small a visceral cavity, could have been endowed with sufficient muscular and nervous force, to move such ponderous arms with any degree of facility. Hence it is probable that during the life of the animal, its arms were always extended out horizon- tally, and spread upon the same plane, like the rays of a fan. From all its known characters, we therefore regard it as the type of a distinct little group from the typical forms of Cyathocrinus, notwithstanding its agreement with that genus in the structure of the cup. For this group we would propose the name Arachnocrinus, from the spider-like appearance of the body and extended arms. In addition to the typical species A. bulbosus, it will doubtless include A, pisiformis=(Poteriocrinus pisiformis, Roemer), and some other Upper Silu- rian species. : Yan In the August (1855) number of the Proceedings of the Philadelphia Acad- emy of Natural Sciences, p. 159, we proposed the name Hupacuycrinus, (ev, well; zayuc, thick; xpwov, a lily), for the reception of a curious group, the type of which was figured by Mr. Lyon, in the Kentucky Geological report, vol. iii, pl. 1, figs. 2,2a@ and 20, under the name Graphiocrinus 14-bra- chialis. As little is known of the upper part of the body of this crinoid, it is difficult to determine whether it is more nearly allied to Poteriocrinus, or to Cyathocrinus. It differs from both, however, as well as from Graphiocrinus, in having its arms, from their origin on the first piece after the division on the second radial plate, composed of a double series of minute, very short, inter- locking pieces, as well as in the remarkably solid, tumid character of its body pieces. or the- present we place this group provisionally as a section of Cyathocrinus, though it is quite probable it will be found generically distinct both from that genus and Poteriocrinus. In addition to the typical species, it Nore.—Since writing the above, a comparison of Mr. Lyon’s figures of his G. 14-brachialis, in the Kentucky Report, with de Koninck’s figures of his genus Hydreiono- erinus Woodianus (Bull. Acad. Royale de Belgique, pl. ii), leads us to suspect that the Kentucky fossil, as well as the other species mentioned above, may possibly fall into Prof. deKoninck’s genus. If so, of course the name Hydreionocrinus will have to take precedence over Hupachycrinus, and the group could not be placed as a subgenus under Cyathocrinus. Until more is known in regard to the upper parts of these Amer- ican forms, however, this must remain an open question. ee) Ave. 30, 1866. 178 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. includes 2. pentalobus=( Cyathocrinus 2 pentalobus, Hall), and possibly, also, Scophiocrinus orbicularis, Hall, as well as our Poteriocrinus (Scaphiocrinus) sub- twmidus. CYATHOCRINUS SCULPTILIS, Hall. Pl. 15, Fig. 2a, 20. Cyathocrinus sculptilis, Hau, 1860. Supplement to Iowa Report, vol. i, part ii, p. 59. Cyathocrinus scitulus, Mnrx and WortHEN, Sept., 1860. Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., p. 393. ; Cyathocrinus sculptilis (Hani), Muzx and Worruen, June, 1861. bid, p. 148. Bopy, below the summit of the first radial plates, basin-shaped, about twice as wide as high, truncated at the base, from which the sides expand rapidly upwards; composed of thick, strong, somewhat rugose plates, which are very convex in the middle and deeply excavated at the corners; sutures distinct. Base small, flat, or truncated on a plane with the under side of the subradials, so as not to be seen in a side view; columnar facet slightly concave, occupying apparently about two-thirds the area of the base, and perforated by a central opening equal to one-third its own diameter. Subradial pieces about as wide as long, directed obliquely outward and upward from the base; four of them pentagonal and one hexagonal, there being no visible angle at the middle of the under side in any of them. First radials much larger than the subradial pieces, about twice as wide as high, unequal, the two on the anal side being shorter than the others; all pentagonal, distinctly truncated and a little concave above, the upper side being much longer than either of the others; some of the superior lateral angles apparently a little truncated, as if for the reception of small interradial pieces. Anal piece about the size of the subradials, subquadrangular, widening from the base upwards. Height to summit of first radials, 0.36 inch; breadth, 0.71 inch; breadth of base, 0.23 inch; length of subradials, 0.21 inch; length of longest first radial, .0.23 inch; breadth of ditto, 0.33 inch. INVERTEBRATES. 179 The very prominent central portions of the subradial pieces are truncated below on a plane with the base, and project out horizontally from it in such a manner as to form a distinct five-rayed star, as seen from below. From near the middle of each subradial there is a rather obscure angular ridge, extending along each side of its prominent central portion to the base, and others con- necting with similar ridges on the first radials and anal piece above. The very profound excavations between the prominent central portion of the subradials extend in so as to produce a slight emargination in the outer extremity of each basal piece, while the depressions between the first radials produce a similar indentation in the extremity of each subradial. Judging from the obliqueness of the superior truncated side of the first radial plates, it is manifest that the succeeding radials must have extended very obliquely outwards and upwards. Prof. Hall’s Supplement to the Iowa Report did not reach us until our description of this species, published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Sciences, was in type; and from the necessarily hurried manner in which we were then compelled to make comparisons, we overlooked the identity of the form under consideration with his Cyathocrinus sculptilis. The fact that he had described the first anal plate as being “‘heptagonal,” and the second ‘‘quad- rangular,” with its “‘upper margin on a line with the summits of the adjacent radials,” led us to think our specimen clearly distinct. A subsequent more careful comparison, however, with his diagram (page 60, Supplement to Iowa Report), has satisfied us that he had inadvertently described one of the subra- dial pieces as the first anal plate, and the first anal piece as the second. When these corrections are made in his description, it agrees so very nearly with our crinoid that we can scarcely entertain a doubt of their identity. Locality and position: Burlington limestone, Burlington, Iowa. Genus POTERIOCRINUS, Miller. Synon.—Encrinus and Astropodia (sp.), Ure, 1793, Hist. Rutherglen. Poteriocrinites, MinuuR, 1821, Nat. Hist. Crinoidea, p. 68; Schlot., 1823, Naturg. Z. Petref. Th. 1, p. 82; Blainy., 1834, Man. Act., p. 260, and various others. Poteriocrinus, AGASSiz, 1834. Mem. Soc. Sci., Neuch., p. 197, and most sub- sequent authors. 2 Scaphiocrinus, Haut, 1858. Iowa Report, vol. i, part ii, p. 550. 2 Celiocrinus, WuitH, 1863. Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 499. Generic formula.— Basal pieces, 5. Subradials, 5. Radials, 1 (large) 4-5, and a variable number of smaller ones. Anals, 4 to 6. Arms variously divided, according to the species. Vault, greatly produced in the form of a large proboscis. F * { 180 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Tur body in this genus is usually obconical, with the five basal pieces united.so as to form a more or less depressed pen- tagonal cup. Three of the five subradials are of the same form, and two on the anal side are more variable, and generally have each one or two sides more than the others. The five first radials are usually larger than the others, and connect with each other laterally, so as to form a part of the walls of the body; four of them are pentagonal, and alternate with the sub- radials, and the other generally hexagonal and often, though not always, raised with its summit above the others, while its base usually rests directly upon the upper truncated margin of one of the subradials. The succeeding radial pieces vary in number, size and form in the various species, or even in the different rays of the same; there being sometimes as many as thirteen or more in one ray, and only from two to about five in the others. All of the radial pieces above the first series are free; or, in other words, those composing the different rays are not connected laterally, so as to form a part of the walls of the body. The anal pieces are somewhat irregular in their arrangement, but generally one of the first two rests between the superior sloping sides of the two irregular subradials, while the other is supported upon the truncated upper side of one of the subradial pieces; above these there are from two to four other anal pieces connected with the base of the proboscis. The vault or summit of the body is enormously developed in the form of a great cylindrical, or ventricose trunk, generally at least as wide as, or in C:xlo- crinus much wider than, the cup below, and nearly or quite as long as the arms, while its single opening is said to be located at its upper extremity.* De Koninck and Lehon think it was, in some species, merely protected by a soft integument, but in all the various species in which we have seen this part, it was composed of numerous small, very regular, close fitting, hexagonal plates, * We follow Austin and others, in giving the upper extremity of the proboscis as the position of the opening of the summit, not having seen this opening in any of the specimens of this genus we have examined. INVERTEBRATES. 181 as in Dendrocrinus and some other allied genera. In P. missouriensis, Shumard, (P. longidactylus, Shumard, Missouri Report, pl. B, fig. 5), as well as several other species we have examined, including some of the Scaphiocrinus group, numerous slit-like pores are seen passing through the vertical zigzag sutures, between alternate ranges of these small pieces, so as to present much the appear- ance of the ambulacra of the Hchinoids, excepting that these pores are not round, and do not pierce the pieces themselves, but pass through the sutures. As already remarked, in connection with the description of that genus, the group under consideration is in some respects closely similar to Cyathocrinus, but differs remarkably in the size and structure of the superior parts of the body, as well as in some less important points of structure in the body below the arms. For all these differences see remarks on page 176. In the arrange- ment of the pieces of the body below the arms, it agrees almost exactly with Hydreionocrinus, de Koninck, though it differs completely above, in its arms being free, instead of united Jaterally so as to form a kind of cylindrical tube. It is much more nearly allied to Zeacrinus, of Troost, from which it differs mainly in its larger and more protuberant base, more numerous and narrower radial pieces, as well as in the different form and proportions of its subradial and anal pieces. As Zeacrinus, however, i some of its species, approaches very nearly certain forms of Scaphiocrinus,* which seems not generically distinct from Poteriocrinus, it may be found that both Scaphiocrinus and Zeacrinus should be ranged as subgenera under Poteriocrinus. If the type of Graphiocrinus, de Koninck and Lehon, should be found, as suggested by Mr. Lyon and Dr. Shumard, to have a series of five minute basal pieces within the range regarded as such by de Koninck and Lehon, which is highly probable, then it could not be distinguished, even subgenerically, from the typical species of Scaphiocrinus, in which case, the older name Graphiocri- nus would replace Scaphiocrinus. The groups Scaphiocrinus, Hall, and Oceliocrinus, White, as originally intended by their authors, appear to be sections or subgenera under Potertocrinus. The first, Scaphiocrinus, as represented by the typical species, S. simplex, differs from Poteriocrinus proper, and approaches Zeacrinus, in having its base much smaller and less protuberant, and in being provided with but two primary radial pieces to each ray, while it also has but a single anal piece below the summit of the first radial pieces. Such are the gradations presented by other species, however, that Prof. Hall and others, who have recognized the group, have found it necessary to include species with a larger protuberant base, and with two anal pieces included in the wall of the cup below the top of the first radials. * It is acknowledged (lowa Report, p. 682) that Zeacrinus intermedius, Hall, might with almost equal propriety be referred to either Zeacrinus or Scaphiocrinus. — 182 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. So that the only distinction left would be the presence of but two primary radials to each ray, while Prof. Hall has referred some species possessing this latter character to Potertocrinus proper. The group Celiocrinus, so far as known, seems to differ from Scaphiocrinus only in having the proboscis venticose or balloon-shaped above, instead of cylin- drical, while it differs from the typical forms of Poteriocrinus both in that character and the presence of but two primary radial pieces in each ray. It is possible, however, that when the position of the opening of the summit is determined in Celiocrinus, that it may be found to differ from that of Poterio- crinus proper. Dr. White thinks it must be situated near the base of the proboscis, as he could find no traces of it in specimens where all the upper parts of the proboscis were well preserved. In accordance with the views of de Koninck and Lehon and other authors, we regard the genus Poteriocrinus as dating back at least to the Upper Silurian Epoch. Two English species have been referred to it from that horizon by de Koninck and Lehon ( Cyathocrinus goniodactylus, and C. capillaris, Phillips); while Homocrinus scoparius of Hall (Paleeont., N. Y., iii, pl. 1), certainly agrees with the typical forms of the genus far more nearly than the type of Scaphio- crinus, Which Prof. Hall, and all others, place as a section of Poteriocrinus. In fact it seems to be in every respect a typical Poteriocrinus—whether we regard its general physiognomy, the form and structure of its proboscis, its rays or body, with the single slight exception of having the lower one of its two anal pieces, below the top of the first radials, isolated from those above the one con- necting with its right superior sloping side. But if this very slight peculiarity of the lowest anal plate excludes this species from Poteriocrinus, how can that group include as one of its sections Scaphiocrinus, in the type of which this lowest anal plate is entirely wanting, and the whole physiognomy more widely different? Again, if this arrangement of the lowest anal plate excludes it from Poterio- erinus, how can it, upon such a basis of classification, be referred to Homocri- nus ?, the type of which (HZ. parvus) presents the marked difference of having the lowest anal piece resting directly down upon the basal pieces, to say nothing of the wide differences in the structure of the arms. : The genus Poteriocrinus also occurs in the Devonian rocks, both in this country and Europe. PP. minutus, Roemer, is a European example; while Prof. Hall has described several species from the Hamilton division of the Devonian of this country. The so-called Cyathocrinus ornatissimus, Hall, from the Portage group of N. Y., is probably also a Poteriocrinus, judging from the figure. It was during the Carboniferous epoch, however, that this genus undoubtedly attained its greatest development, and we have no evidence of its existence after the close of that period of our earth’s history. a & INVERTEBRATES, 183 PoTERIocRINUS SwALLoyl, M. and W. Pl. 16, Figs. 4a, 40. Poteriocrinus Swallovit, Mnnx and Worrsen, Sept. 1860. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 394. Bopy below the arms abconical, or tapering regularly down to its connection with the column; composed of smooth, nearly flat plates, connected by linear sutures. Base small, basin- shaped, truncate below, and widening gradually upwards, about half as high as wide, and composed of nearly equal pentagonal pieces; columnar facet comparatively large, a little concave, without a marginal rim, and pierced by a pentapetalous cen- tral opening, apparently less than one third the diameter of the column. Subradial plates unequal, some of them as long as wide, and others wider than long, three hexagonal, and two on the anal side, which are larger than the others, hepta- gonal. First radial plates smaller than the subradial pieces; all wider than high, pentagonal, and truncated above, the upper side being longer than either of the others. Second radials very short, about twice as wide as high, some of them some- what wedge-shaped, or a little longer on one side than the other. Third radials short, or about twice as wide as high, four of them pentagonal and supporting the principal divisions of the arms on their superior sloping sides. In the anterior ray the third radial plate, instead of being a bifurcating piece, is truncated a little obliquely above, and succeeded by thirteen other radials; all of which, excepting the last, are very short, and alternately a little wedge-shaped; while the last one is larger than the others, pentagonal in form, and supports two divisions of the arms, similar to those in the other rays above the second bifurcation. _ The first anal piece is pentagonal and rests between the upper sloping edges of two of the subradials, while its right superior sloping side supports one of the under sides of a first 184 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. radial; and its left side connects with another anal piece, rest- ing upon the truncated upper end of one of the sub-radial pieces. On the truncated upper margins of these two anal pieces two others are supported, but our specimen is not in a condition to show their form, or to enable us to determine whether or not they are succeeded by any other anal pieces above. The arms are all long, robust and rounded, those of the two posterior, and the two lateral rays, after the first bifurca- tion on the third radial piece, bifurcate again on the ninth piece, beyond which they seem to be simple, and are each com- posed of a single series of short, somewhat wedge-shaped joints. The column is composed, near the body, of firmly anchylosed segments, the sutures of which are not visible 0.20 inch below : its connection with the base. Its central cavity presents in a transverse section, the same pentapetalous form seen in the central perforation of the base. Length to summit of third , radial pieces, 0.86 inch; breadth at the summit of the first radial pieces, about 0.60 inch. Fig. 3. This species seems to be more nearly allied to Poteriocri- ZA nus missouriensis, of Shumard, Z than to any other with which ay ANS ‘ we are acquainted. It differs, te) en however, in having a less grad- ually tapering body (though the ran » Kooy specimen we have figured is com- pressed so as to give its body a broader appearance than is nat- ioe Cy ; ural), and much stronger arms, & Ct which differ entirely in their LS mode of branching, as well as oo in the form of their segments. Our species has also a propor- Poteriocrinus Swallovi. tionally praallee column at its Diagram of body and rays to the bifurcation on the third — junction with the base. Itwas radial pieces. Natural size. -named in honor of Prof. G. C. Swallow, State Geologist of Kansas. Locality and position: Same as preceding. INVERTEBRATES. 185 Genus ZEACRINUS, Troost. Synon.—Cupressocrinus (sp.), McCoy, 1849. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d Ser., Vol. ii, p. 244; (not Goldf., 1832.) Poteriocrinus (sp.), Dt Konincx and Levon, 1854. Recherch. Crinoides, p. 91; and of some others. Hydreionocrinus (sp.), DE Kon1ncx, 1858. Bull. Acad. Royale Belgique, 2d Ser., t. iii, p. 19. Zeacrinus (TRoosT), Haun, 1858. Iowa Report, Vol. i, part 2d, p. 541. Generic formula,— Basal pieces, 5, small, and often hidden by the column. Subradials, 5. Radials, 24-5, or often 3, 4 or more, in the anterior ray. Anal pieces, 4 to 6 or more, visible between the arms. Interradials, 0. Arms, 10 to 40. is THE species embraced in this group have the body rounded below, with the five very small basal pieces sunken in a con- cavity, and often nearly or quite hidden by the column. The five* subradials are sometimes long, narrow, suboval or lanceo- late, with a more or less pentagonal outline, excepting one on the anal side, which is often hexagonal. The primary radial series all alternate with the subradials, and are so wide as to connect laterally, so as to leave no spaces for interradial pieces; each consisting of two pieces, excepting in the anterior ray, which has usually three or more. Anal pieces, from four to six or more visible between the arms—two to three of them forming a part of the wall of the cup below the arms, as in Poteriocrinus.. Summit unknown. The species composing this group, although differing in general appearance, are closely related in structure to Poteriocrinus, but, as already stated in the remarks upon that genus (page 181), they differ in having the body rounded below, and the base very small and sunken; the arms are also usually less elongated and broader, as well as always with only two primary radial pieces, excepting in the anterior ray, which generally has more. Unfortunately we - know nothing of the structure of the vault in this group, though judging from * In one species (Z. elegans, Hall,) there is apparently an abnormal sixth subradial. —24 Avo. 31, 1866. 186 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. analogy, it was probably, as in Poteriocrinus, produced upwards as a large pro- boscis. : . If the type of Graphiocrinus, de Koninck and Lehon, as suggested by Mr. Lyon and Dr. Shumard, should be found to have five minute basal pieces within the range described as basals by de Koninck and Lehon, it is not im- probable that the group under consideration may be so connected with that type, through such forms as the typical species of Scaphiocrinus, that it will become necessary to unite the whole as members of one group. If so, de Koninck and Lehon’s name would have to stand for the entire group, unless Graphiocrinus and Zeacrinus should both be regarded as forming distinct subgenera under Poteriocrinus. So far as known to us, the Zeacrinus group is confined to the Carboniferous rocks ; though Prof. Hall has described two species he refers to this genus from the Waverly Sandstone of Ohio, regarded by some as belonging to the Upper Devonian. ZEACRINUS TrRoostANuS, M. and W. Pl. 16, Fig. 2. Zeacrinus Troostanus, Mnnx and WoRTHEN, September, 1860. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., p. 390. Zeacrinus scoparius, Hauu, Feb., 1861. Descr. Crin. (Prelim. Notice, Albany), p. 8. Bopy depressed, basin-shaped below the arms, rounded and concave on the under side; composed of apparently smooth plates, which are connected by linear sutures. Base, small, concave, and nearly or quite hidden by the column. Subra- dial pieces unequal in size, a little wider than long, excepting the largest one on the anal side, four of them hexagonal, and one or two heptagonal, (counting three angles at the base). First radials nearly twice as wide as high, pentagonal, the superior horizontally truncated edge being longer than either of the inferior sloping sides. Second radials about the size of the first, wider than high, pentagonal, and indistinctly hexag- onal; all longer on the inferior truncated side than either of the others; apparently four of them supporting on their supe- rior sloping sides the first divisions of the arms, while the fifth on the anterior side is truncated above, and succeeded by three INVERTEBRATES. 187 _ other very short, wide pieces, upon the last of which the first divisions of the arms rest. Two of the anal pieces are visible in our specimen, resting upon the largest subradial, and apparently each supporting, or connecting with, one of the inferior lateral edges of a first radial on each side. It is of moderate size, pentagonal, and supports a smaller piece of unknown form, on its upper truncated side, while its left superior sloping edge connects with another small piece, apparently of a pentagonal form, resting upon a short truncated upper side of one of the subradials. The arms are nearly flat, or but slightly rounded on the outer side, and bifurcate again after the first division on the second radial pieces (in the lateral and posterior rays), on the eighth, tenth and eleventh pieces; one of each of these divi- sions subdivides again on the twelfth or fourteenth piece, be- yond which they all appear to be simple. The entire length of our specimen, to the extremity of the arms, is about 1.50 inches. Height of body, to summit of second radials, 0.20; breadth of do., at the top of second radial pieces, near 0.40 inch. This species is related to Zeacrinus ramosus, Hall, (lowa Report, p. 549, pl. ix, fig. 3,) but differs in having its arms more flattened, and broader on the outer side. They also bifureate léss frequently, and ‘the number of pieces between the bifurcations is con- siderably greater. Its second radials are likewise pro- portionally shorter, as are all the arm pieces. Again, all the divisions of its arms are given off much less obliquely than in Z. ramosus. The specific name was given in honor of Prof. G. Troost, deceased, former State Geologist of Tennessee, and the founder of the Zeacrinus Troostanus, Somewhat enlarged. genus. If Zeacrinus should be hereafter found to be synonymous with Graphioeri- nus, a8 has been suggested, the name of this species would of course become Graphiocrinus Troostanus. Locality and position: Burlington, Iowa, Burlington Limestone, of Lower Carboniferous series. 188 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Genus STROTOCRINUS, M. and W. (otpwroc, spread; xpwvov, a lily; in allusion to the spreading summit.) Synon.—Actinocrinus (sp.), Hatt; Muzx and Worruen, and others; (not Miniur.) Calathocrinus, Haut (subgen. Actinocr.), Feb., 1861. Descr. Crinoid. Prelim. Notice, p. 12; (not von Muyzr, 1848, Leonhard and Bronn’s Jahrb., p. 469.) Generic Formula,.— Basal plates, 3. Subradials, 0. Primary radials, 3-+-5. Secondary ditto, 1 to 24+ 10, and succeeded by tertiary and other divisions, which, with the interaxillary, interbrachial and vault pieces, unite to form a greatly expanded, ten rayed, horizontal disc, completely isolating the anal and interradial areas from the vault, and supporting the free ascending arms around its margin. Interradial pieces, 9 to 10, or more. Anal pieces, 9 to 13, or more; the first one resting upon the basals. “Arms, 30 to 72, or more. LEED wir, Strotocrinus perumbrosus ? This figure shows the expanded summit, natural size, as seen from below, with the body broken away—some portions of the outer margin of the dise be- ingrestored. The radiating bars seen within the central cavity are the parti. tions between the canals leading out to the rays. These canals are variously divided and subdivided in the expanded dise, before reaching the arm bases around the margins. The very small oral opening of the summit is seen a little below the middle. . INVERTEBRATES. 189 Tuts is another type, agreeing exactly with Actinocrinus in the number and arrangement of the pieces composing all that part of the body below the divisions of the rays. Above this, however, in the structure of the succeeding parts, to the bases of the free arms, it is remarkably different. After the first division of the rays, another bifurcation takes place on the secondary radials, and of the latter divisions the two outer usually consist of a succession of brachial pieces, while the two inner divisions continue on for some distance, sending off on each side alternating lateral division or ranges of brachial pieces, so as to produce a great number of arms. The spaces between all the divisions, out to the bases of the free arms, are occupied by small intermediate pieces, which, together with the brachial and other divisions, unite and spread out horizon- tally or at right angles to the axis of the body, so as to form an enormously expanded rim around the summit (see cuts No. 5 and 7), which isolates the anal and interradial.areas from the vault, and bears the small, free, ascending arms around its margin. The vault is nearly flat, composed of numerous small pieces, and extends out to the farthest limits of the expanded summit, so that, as seen from above or below, it presents the appearance of a broad, flat, more or less distinctiy ten-rayed disc. As in Actinocrinus, the arms are simple, and consist each of a double series of small, interlocking pieces. The body, below the ex- panded summit, in the species of this group, is more or less elongate-obconical, and usually somewhat truncated at the base (see cut No. 7, on p. 192), so that, with its greatly expanded summit and flattened vault, it presents a symmetrical, urn- shaped outline. The body plates are usually more or less costate, and sometimes beautifully rayed. Like various other groups of palzeozoic Crinoids, as the genera are now under- stood, the genus Strotocrinus includes two sections, distinguished as follows: Section a.—The typical species, with a small, simple, subcentral opening in the vault. without a projecting proboscis. Including the typical species, Strotocrinus perumbrosus and S. regalis= (Actinocrinus perumbrosus and A. regalis, HALL). 190 PALEONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. Section b.—Species with a subcentral proboscis, bearing the opening at its upper extremity. Strotocrinus erodus, S. liratus, S. umbrosus, S. subumbrosus, S. xgilops and S. glyptus=(Aetinocrinus (Calathocrinus) erodus, A. liratus, etc.Haun), The differences between the physiognomy of the species of this group, and that of the types upon which the genus Actinocrinus was founded, are so strik- ing as to attract the attention of the most casual observer, and render their separation easy, even at a glance, where the entire body can be seen. We therefore regard them as forming a natural group, that should be separated generically from Actinocrinus,* particularly as it is now known that that group, as usually defined, would include a very large number of species in this country, . presenting a great diversity of forms, and departing often widely from the original type in various ways. It has usually been the practice of naturalists to separate into distinct genera, upon less sharply defined characters, the species of a very large group, than would be done in cases where the species are less numerous. Although this may not, in all cases, be philosophical, it is certainly convenient, and is, as we believe in the present instance, required by a correct classification of these extinct forms. Accustomed, as paleeontologists have most generally been, to distinguish the genera of crinoids almost entirely by the number and arrangement of the pieces composing that part of the body below the arm-bases, without regard in many cases to the most marked differences in other parts, it is not probable that the genus under consideration will be at once generally accepted, but that the pro- priety of such a separation will be ultimately admitted, we have no doubt. The transition from this genus to Acéinocrinus, is through some sections of the Batocrinus group, as we have defined it; and in some cases, where the margin of the expanded summit has been evenly broken away, as represented in the figures of Strotocrinus (Actinocrinus) wmbrosus, Hall, in the Iowa Report, pl. 11, these forms might be confounded generically with such species of the Batocrinus group as Actinocrinus xqualis, Hall, represented by fig. 4 of the same plate. It will be observed, however, that even in this case there are characters by which these types can be distinguished by a careful observer. Tn the first place, the species of the group under consideration, always have the body below the horizon of the arms, more elongated in proportion to the height of the vault than in Batocrinus. Again, in Batocrinus the body plates are scarcely ever marked with radiating coste, as we usually see in Strotocri- nus. Another readily observed distinction is, that in the Batocrinus group the second primary radial pieces, are almost, if not quite, invariably quadrangular, and generally wider than high, instead of hexagonal, as in Strotocrinus. This * Prof. Hall first proposed to separa‘e this type as a subgenus under Actinocrinus, but used for it the preoccupied name Calathocrinus. INVERTEBRATES. _ 191 latter character may seem to be one of little importance, but when we remem- ber that it is coexistent with the other distinctions, it becomes of more signifi- cance than it would otherwise be. Where the specimens of Strotocrinus have the margins of the expanded summit entire, they will be at once distinguished from any known examples of Batocrinus, or the other type of the Actinocrinidx. As is known to be the case in several species of Actinocrinus, Agaricocrinus, etc., some species at least, of Strotocrinus, were provided with a pecu- liar, convoluted internal plate, resembling the shell of a Bulla, or Scaphander, placed with its longer axis so as to coincide with that of the body of the crinoid. The annexed cut represents this organ as it occurs in its natural position, in a bro- ken specimen apparently of S. regalis,=(Actino- erinus regalis, Hall). As seen in the specimen, however, it is thickly coated with small crystals of carbonate of lime, not represented in the cut. Strotocrinus regalis. Prof. Hall mentions seeing a similar plate in S. Showi the body, with Ua a : eee ae and a part of erodus—=(Actinocrinus erodus, Hall), as well as in si d in order to exhibit : ene re me BOC acieA tsuial orcas con- Species of Agaricocrinus (Deer. new sp. Crinoidea, nected with the digestive apparatus. By olim, Notice, p. 12, 1861), but makes no sugges- tions in regard to its nature or probable use in the internal economy of these animals.* We have likewise seen this organ in Actinocrinus rotundatus, Yandall and Shumard, and have little doubt but it existed in all the Actinocrinidx, and possibly other families of palzeozoic crinoids. We regard it as corresponding to the spongy axis and spiral plate around which the digestive canal in Comatula europa passes, (see Muller’s figures of this axis and plate in Abandl. Akad. Wissinsch, Prelim., 1841, pl. 5). 1t differs, however, in being a simple plate rolled up somewhat like a scroll of parchment, or the shell of a Scaphander, instead of being wound around a spongy axis like the thread of a screw. The discovery of such an organ in these older types of Crinotdea, is of much interest, since it seems to settle the question in regard to their having been provided with an internal digestive apparatus, as in the living types—a fact that has been recently questioned by Dujardin and Hupe, who appear to think they were nourished by absorption over the whole external surface. GEE LEE Ny * Since the foregoing remarks were written, and the accompanying cut prepared, we observe Prof. Hall has published in the March number of the Am. Jour. Sci., vol. xli, p. 261, 1866, a note, in which he mentions seeing this plate in Actinocrinus longirostris, A. pentagonus, A. Verneuilii, and some of the forms we have included in Strotocrinus, and states that on showing one of the specimens to Prof. Agassiz, he remarked that he had seen a similar organ in Comatula. 192 PALZONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. “ So far as known to us, this group is confined to the horizon of the Burling- ton limestone of the Subcarboniferous series, and unless Actinocrinus costus, of McCoy, from the Carboniferous rocks of Ireland, may possess the expanded summit of this genus, it would seem to be peculiar to America. STROTOCRINUS REGALIS, (sp.) Hall Pl. 16, figs. 6a, 66, and following cut. Actinocrinus regalis, HaALu, 1860. Sup. lowa Report, p. 8. ; Actinocrinus speciosus, Merk and Wortuen, Sept. 1860. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 386. Strotocrinus regalis.—(Nat. size.) . Side view, showing the body with part of the expanded summit broken away. When entire, the expanded summit extended out at least as far as indicated by the dotted lines. Bopy attaining a large size, elongate obconic below the hori- zon of the arms; composed of moderately convex, ornately cos- tate plates, which are joined by more or less impressed sutures. — Base, cup or basin-shaped, twice as wide as high, truncated below, for the reception of the column, and expanding mod- erately upwards—composed of regular, subequal, hexagonal plates, with broadly and deeply grooved sutures; facet for the reception of the end of the column flat, rather large, or nearly half as broad as the summit of the base, marked by radiating INVERTEBRATES. 193 strie, and provided with a small, scarcely projecting rim, which is not interrupted by the sutures—perforated by a nearly round, central opening, near one third the diameter of the head of the column. First radial plates large, the posterior ones being smaller, and proportionally narrower than the others; all generally longer than wide; three of them hexa- gonal, and two heptagonal. Second radials, rather smaller than the first, about as wide as long, all hexagonal. Third radials, rather smaller than the second, generally a little wider than long, heptagonal in form, and each supporting on its superior sloping sides, two smaller heptagonal or octagonal secondary radials, which appear to have been each surmounted by two tertiary radials, or possibly in part, brachials. Resting between the superior sloping sides of the third radials, is a small hexa- gonal, interaxillary piece, evidently surmounted by others, the number and forms of which are unknown. First anal plate nearly as long as the first radial on each side of it, but narrower and distinctly smaller than the ante- rior first radial, heptagonal in form, and surmounted by two much smaller hexagonal, and one pentagonal pieces in the second range; in the third range there are four still smaller pieces, and above these others, the number, form and arrange- ment of which cannot be determined in the specimens described. First interradial plates each nearly or quite as large as the second radials, hexagonal or heptagonal in form, and sur- mounted by two or three smaller pieces; above the latter there are apparently about three other ranges of two pieces each, which is as far as our specimen shows them. The surface of the plates is neatly ornamented by narrow, sharply elevated ribs, about four to six of which radiate from the central region of each plate, to each of its sides, excepting below the middle of the first radials, where there are usually about eight or ten. The costae on the other plates are less numerous in proportion to the size of each, and like those on 45) Szpt. 1, 1866. ee ee a ae a oe er te 194 PALAONTOLOGY OF ILLINOIS. the first radials, extend to the sides—those crossing any one side being all arranged parallel to each other, so as to form with those on the adjacent plates, a series of concentric, equi- lateral triangles. Sometimes these coste are, on the upper plates, notched or more or less irregularly interrupted, while on some of the upper interradial plates they show a tendency to become broken up into little, spine-like projections. Height (on the anterior side) to the summit of the third radials, 1.89 inch; breadth at the top of the third radials, 1.65 inch; breadth of base, 0.84 to.0.90 inch; height of do., 0.46 inch. The foregoing characters were given by us from a specimen from which the summit and all the parts above the first secondary radial pieces, are broken away. We had compared it carefully with a weathered specimen returned by Prof Hall, with the name